Panasonic Mobile Communications 208006A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P906i

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P906i

UserManual.wiki >

Panasonic Mobile Communications >

208006A User Manual >

User Manual Part 3 HTML Version

User Manual Part 3

400

Music&Video Channel/Music Playback

Sound effect

(Listening)

You can set sound effect for listening.

ListeningSelect an item.

Surround . . . . Makes the sound natural and stereophonic.

Natur 1/2. . . . . Complements the cooped-up feeling specific to

earphones and plays back natural sound. Select

1 or 2 according to your taste.

OFF. . . . . . . . . Sets Listening to “OFF”.

p“Natur 1/2” is effective for the sound from an earphone or

Bluetooth device.

Sound effect

(Equalizer)

You can change the sound quality of an earphone or Bluetooth

device.

EqualizerSelect an item.

Normal . . . Reproduces normal sound quality.

S-XBS1. . . Enhances bass sound.

S-XBS2. . . Enhances bass sound more deeply than S-XBS1.

Train . . . . . Minimizes abnormal sound that causes sound

leakage.

Music info See page 398.

Connect to URL See page 399.

Display image/

Display lyric/Player

You can change the display of playback display.

Display image . . .Display jacket image on full size display.

Display lyric. . . . .Display lyric image on full size display.

Player . . . . . . . . . .Display playback display.

Previous image/

Previous lyric

You can display a previous jacket image or lyric image.

Next image/

Next lyric

You can display a next jacket image or lyric image.

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Information

pEven if an earphone or Bluetooth device is not connected, the respective setting

contents are displayed on the display.

You can create the list of music files you want to listen to, and play them

back in the order you like.

You can play back using the playlists created by the FOMA phone or

Windows Media Player, or the SD-Audio playlists created by SD-Jukebox.

pThe maximum number of playlists that can be created and the number of music files

that can be stored per playlist are as follows:

pWhen you create a playlist on the FOMA phone, you can store the Chaku-uta Full®

music files saved on the FOMA phone or microSD card, the WMA files saved by

Windows Media Player, and the SD-Audio files saved by SD-Jukebox into the same

playlist.

<Display image/Display lyric/Player> <Previous image/Previous lyric> <Next

image/Next lyric>

pFor Chaku-uta Full® music files, you can display up to 3 jacket images and up to 7

lyric images.

For SD-Audio files saved by SD-Jukebox, you can display up to 20 jacket images, and

for WMA file, you can display up to 2 image buried in a file. When you use the

Napster® application program, you can display 1 image stored as a jacket image.

There are no lyric images for them.

Using Playlist

Creating source Number of playlist Number of music files that

can be stored per playlist

Playlists created by FOMA

phone

Maximum 30

(Except “All tracks”) 100

Playlists created by

Windows Media Player Maximum 100 250

SD-Audio playlists created

by SD-Jukebox

Maximum 99

(Except “All tracks”) 99

Information

401

Music&Video Channel/Music Playback

■Icons on the Playlist list

1Player Menu display

Playlist/SD-Audio

2i()Create playlist

Select a type and display the Music list

Put a check mark for music files to be stored

l()

pThe music files are stored in the displayed order.

3Enter a playlist name.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Icon Type

All tracks

All tracks for SD-Audio

FOMA playlist

SD-Audio playlist

WMA playlist

Create Playlist

Playlist list

Information

pIn a playlist, you cannot store partially saved Chaku-uta Full® music files or files with

playback restrictions expired.

1Playlist listSelect a playlist

Select a music file.

pPress l( ) from the Playlist list to play back the

music files from the top one in the selected playlist.

pYou cannot play back a playlist from “MUSIC” of Data

Box.

Play Back Playlist

Music list of a Playlist

Function Menu of the Playlist List

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Player menu You can show the Player Menu display.

Play mode setting See page 397.

Create playlist See page 401.

Copy playlist Enter a playlist name.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

pWhen you copy the SD-Audio playlist or WMA playlist, it is

copied to the FOMA phone as the FOMA playlist.

Edit playlist name You can edit the name of the FOMA playlist.

Edit the playlist name.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Add You can add the music files to the FOMA playlist.

Select a type and display the Music list

Put a check mark for the music files to be added

l()

pThe music files are stored at the end of the list in the displayed

order.

402

Music&Video Channel/Music Playback

Delete playlist You can delete the FOMA playlist.

Select a deleting method.

Delete this . . . . . . . You can delete the playlist.

Delete selected . . . Select the playlists to be deleted, and press

l().

Delete all . . . . . . . . Enter your Terminal Security Code.

YES

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Information

pYou cannot copy the WMA playlist with no music file stored in.

Function Menu of the Music List of a Playlist

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Player menu You can display the Player Menu display.

pPlayback state continues even when you show the Player Menu

display.

Play mode setting See page 397.

Music info See page 398.

Add See page 401.

DEL from playlist You can release the music files from the FOMA playlist.

Select a deleting method.

DEL one from list . . . . . . You can release the music file.

DEL some from list. . . . . Select the music files to be released,

and press l().

DEL all from list . . . . . . . You can delete the whole playlist.

YES

Order to play You can change the order of playlist created on the FOMA phone.

Select a fileUse Bo to change the order to play

Oo()

pTo change the order in succession, repeat the above steps.

l()

Add to playlist See page 398.

Display image See page 399.

Display lyric See page 399.

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Information

pYou cannot release music files from the playlists created on a personal computer.

403

Convenient Functions

Multiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multiaccess> 404

Multitask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multitask> 405

Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail Message by Voice

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Reading Aloud> 406

Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a Specified Time

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Auto Power ON/OFF> 408

Using Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Alarm> 408

Using Calendar to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . .<Schedule> 411

Using ToDo to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToDo> 415

Setting Operating Conditions of Alarm . . . . . <Alarm Setting> 416

Using Your Original Menu . . . . . . . . . . <Private Menu Setting> 416

Storing Your Name, Mail Address and Other Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Own Number> 417

Recording Voice during a Call or Standby as Voice Memo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‹Voice Memo during a Call› ‹Voice Memo› 418

Recording Images during a Videophone Call as a Movie Memo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Movie Memo> 419

Checking Call Duration and Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Data> 419

Resetting Total Duration/Total Cost

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Reset Total Cost&Duration> 420

Setting Call Cost Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Notice Call Cost> 420

Using Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Calculator> 421

Making Text Memos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Text Memo> 421

Copying/Deleting Data Items in FOMA Phone or UIM

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<UIM Operation> 422

How to Use Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

. . . . . . . . . . . . <Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch> 423

Selecting a Microphone when Earphone is Connected

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Headset Microphone Setting> 423

Selecting a Call Destination when Earphone is Connected

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Headset Switch to Call> 424

Answering a Call Automatically when Earphone is Connected

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Auto Answer Setting> 424

Using Bluetooth Function . . . . . . . . . . . <Bluetooth Function> 425

Resetting Function Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Reset Settings> 433

Deleting Stored Data All at Once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Initialize> 433

404

Convenient Functions

Multiaccess enables you to simultaneously connect to three lines; a

voice call, packet communication, and SMS.

To switch the displays, press and hold x for at least one second; or

press x to switch from TASK MENU. (See page 406)

See page 510 for details on combination of Multiaccess.

You can make a voice call without disconnecting i-mode or packet

communication.

1During i-mode or packet communicationx

Stand-by display

The Stand-by display appears.

2Make a call.

pIf you make a videophone call during i-mode, i-mode is disconnected and the

videophone call is made.

After you finish the videophone call, the i-mode display returns.

Multiaccess

Voice call Single line

i-mode, i-αppli, i-mode mail, packet communication via PC Single line

SMS Single line

Information

pYou are charged a fee for each line during Multiaccess.

Make a Voice Call during i-mode or during Packet

Communication

You can receive a voice call without disconnecting i-mode or packet

communication.

1The Call Receiving display appears when a call comes in

Press d to answer the call.

pTo return to the display for i-mode or packet communication without answering

the call, press and hold x for at least one second. Press and hold x for at

least one second again to return to the Call Receiving display.

The caller hears not a message but a ringing tone.

You can use i-mode, send/receive i-mode mail, etc. without

disconnecting a voice call.

1During a voice callxm()

Select an icon to operate each function.

Receive a Voice Call during i-mode or during Packet

Communication

Use Communication during Voice Call

Information

pWhen a mail message or Message R/F comes in during a call, the ring tone does not

sound and illumination does not flicker regardless of the “Receiving display” setting.

pA ring tone sounds and the Receiving Result display appears when “Receiving

display” is set to “Alarm preferred” except for the following cases:

･During a call ･While the camera is activated

･During watching a 1Seg program

･When an i-αppli program set for the Stand-by display is running as an ordinary

i-αppli program

pWhen you perform packet communication via a personal computer, make a call-out

operation from the personal computer during a voice call.

405

Convenient Functions

The FOMA phone supports “Multitask” that enables you to use up to

three functions such as menu functions (see page 33) at the same time.

By combining Multiaccess and Multitask, you can use following

functions simultaneously (see page 511 for the combination patterns of

Multitask):

■Mail group

i-mode mail and SMS functions

■i-mode group

Menu functions inside “i-mode group” on Main Menu

■Setting group

Menu functions inside “Setting group” on Main Menu

■Tool group

Menu functions inside “Tool group” on Main Menu

■Other functions which do not belong to the groups

Voice call, videophone call, 64K data communication, etc.

Multitask

i-mode group

Tool group

Mail group

Setting group

1When a function is runningx

m()Start another function.

For the icon of the group in use, “ ” or another mark is

added.

When a single function is used, “ ” is displayed.

When multiple functions are used, “ ” is displayed.

The confirmation display appears asking whether to switch the functions. Select “YES” to

close the current menu function and the new menu function will be called up.

Start Another Function

When a function in the

Tool group is running

If another menu function in the same group has already been

called up

Information

pYou are charged a call fee even when you are running other functions during a call.

pIf a call comes in while another function is working, the call might not be received

correctly. In that case, “Record message” or “Call Forwarding Service” may start in a

shorter time than the ring time specified for them.

pIf you use Multitask to switch functions while executing another function whose load of

processing is high, delay may occur in displaying operation, and so on.

406

Convenient Functions

When multiple menu functions are working, you can switch the displays

by pressing and holding x for at least one second. The display

switches from the latest one in chronological order.

Press x.

You can switch functions by selecting a function from the list.

Select “Stand-by display” to show the Stand-by display, and

select “Open Menu” in Normal Style to show Main Menu, and

select “Open Menu” in Horizontal Open Style to show

Horizontal Open Menu.

To close a menu function, press h with the menu function displayed.

pPress i( ) from TASK MENU, and select “YES” to close all menu functions

and to return to the Stand-by display.

pWhen you press h from the Stand-by display during Play Background, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to end the menu function.

Switch Displays

To display the menu list for functions in use

Information

pEven if you press -x to switch the displays, neither menu function in use is closed

nor the call is disconnected. Also, even when you switch the Character Entry display

(see page 436) to another menu and use that menu for editing text, you can continue

editing the previous text if you switch tasks.

pIf you press and hold -x for at least one second from the Stand-by display on the

vertical display while another function is not working, the setting display for “Switch

3G/GSM” appears.

Exit a Function

You can set to notify of incoming calls by voice instead of a ring tone, or

to have the mail contents automatically read aloud. Further, the voice

guidance tells you how to operate Voice Dial. This function is available in

Japanese Mode only.

1mSettingsOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud settingsON or OFFPut a check mark

for items to be read aloudl()

Voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructs you through the Voice Dial operation by

voice guidance.

Incoming call . . . . . . . . . . . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a

voice call is coming in.

Videophone incoming . . . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a

videophone call is coming in.

Number of mails/msgs. . . . Notifies you of the number of mail messages/

Messages R/F by voice at reception. The setting of

“Mail/Msg. ring time” is invalid.

Mail list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address and

subject on the Inbox/Outbox list.

Displaying mail . . . . . . . . . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address,

subject, and text on the detailed mail display.

However, the voice guidance is not provided when a

melody is automatically played back while “Auto

melody play” is set to “ON”.

Does not read aloud the text on the Decome-Anime

Playback display.

Send mail preview. . . . . . . . Reads aloud the destination address and text when

previewed.

pYou can stop the voice guidance for a mail message midway by pressing any

key. However, it continues if you scroll the display.

pThe voice guidance for a mail message is not provided while the audio from a

1Seg program is played back or when you display a mail message stored on the

microSD card.

Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail

Message by Voice

Read Aloud Settings

407

Convenient Functions

1mSettingsOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud volumeUse Boto adjust the volume.

1mSettingsOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud speedSelect a speed.

You can set whether to play back the voice guidance from the speaker or

hear it from the earpiece.

1mSettingsOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud outputSpeaker or Earpiece

Read Aloud Volume

Read Aloud Speed

Read Aloud Output

Information

pThe voice guidance of “Incoming call”, “Videophone incoming” and “Number of mails/

msgs.” is output from the speaker even when this function is set to “Earpiece”.

pWhen the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is connected, the voice

guidance is output according to the setting of “Headset usage setting”. However,

when “Read aloud output” is set to “Earpiece” and “Headset usage setting” is set to

“Headset and speaker”, the voice guidance is output from the earphone except for

“Incoming call”, “Videophone incoming” and “Number of mails/msgs.”.

pFrom a Hands-free device, the voice guidance for “Incoming call” and “Videophone

incoming” only might be provided.

pYou might not be able to stop the voice guidance even by pressing the switch of the

Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option).

You can set the voice guidance to be provided only when the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is connected.

1mSettingsOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud valid set.Normal or Earphone

Normal. . . . . . Always provides the voice guidance.

Earphone. . . .Provides the voice guidance only when the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch is connected.

The contents of Phonebook entries and mail messages are read aloud generally

according to the rules as described below:

pThey may not be read aloud as specified in the following rules depending on the

function you use:

pA numeric string up to 16 digits is read aloud as a number. When a numeric string

begins with “0” or it is identified as a URL or mail address, it is read aloud digit by digit.

pWhen numerals are separated by “/” or “.”, they are read aloud as dates.

“1

日

” is differently read aloud for the meaning of the date (1st date of a month) and for others.

The kanji characters of dates other than “1

日

” are always read aloud as for the dates.

pWhen numerals are separated by “:”, they are read aloud as time.

p“-”, “(” and “)” contained in a phone number or zip code are not read aloud, and

numbers only are read aloud.

When a numeric string begins with “

￥

”, “

＄

”, “

￠

”, or “

￡

”, it is read aloud as the meaning of

money amount. When “,” is used, the numeric string before “,” is identified as money amount

and that after “,” is identified as a number, unless it is separated by every three digits.

p“(Numeral) 分の (numeral)” is read as a fraction.

pAlphabetical letters are read aloud according to the voice guidance dictionary

pre-installed in the FOMA phone.

pWhen a word consists of four or more letters and can be read in romaji-reading, it is

read aloud in romaji-reading.

pThe alphabetical letters after a numeral might be read aloud as a unit.

p“M”, “T”, “S”, and “H” before a date are converted to the Japanese era name and then

read aloud.

pAlphabetical letters other than above are read aloud in alphabetical reading.

Read Aloud Valid Setting

Information

pWhen you set to “Earphone”, the voice guidance continues even if you remove the

Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch during the voice guidance. When a call

comes in while the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch is removed, the voice

guidance does not start even if you connect it.

Rules of Voice Guidance

408

Convenient Functions

pSymbols are read aloud according to the Symbol list. When the same symbol

continues three times or more, that symbol is not read aloud.

p“ヘンシン” is read aloud for the following character strings:

“Re:”, “Re>”, “Re2:”, “Re2>” and “Re2*”

p“テンソー ” is read aloud for the following character strings:

“Fw:”, “Fw>”, “Fw2:”, “Fw2>”, “Fw2*”, “Fwd:”, “Fwd>”, “Fwd2:”, “Fwd2>” and “Fwd2*”

pWhen symbols for “Reply” or “Forward” are consecutively repeated, they are read

aloud only once.

pPictographs are read aloud according to the Pictograph list.

pSmileys are read aloud according to the voice guidance dictionary pre-installed in the

FOMA phone. When they are identified as a URL or mail address, however, they are

read aloud as symbols.

pTexts are read aloud separated by punctuation marks and symbols such as “!”, or “?”.

pWhen the kanji character that expresses the day of the week is put between “(” and “)”,

it is read aloud as the day of the week.

pWords might not be correctly read aloud depending on the context of the text

(especially place names and proper nouns).

1mSettingsClockAuto power ON/OFF

Auto power ON or Auto power OFFSelect an item.

OFF . . . . . . Does not set Auto Power ON/OFF. The setting is completed.

1 time . . . . Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at the specified time only

once.

Daily . . . . . Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at a specified time everyday

repeatedly.

2Enter a time.

Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a

Specified Time

Information

pWhen you set “Auto power ON” and “Auto power OFF” to the same time, and the

specified time arrives, the FOMA phone will turn on if it is turned off, and the FOMA

phone will turn off, if it is turned on.

You can set Alarm to alert you at the specified time with an alarm tone,

animation and illumination. You can store up to 12 alarms.

1mStationeryAlarmHighlight an

alarm and press l()

Do the following operations.

pWhen you set “Auto power OFF” to the same time of an alarm, schedule alarm, or

others, those alarms preferentially work.

pEven when you set “Auto power OFF”, the power does not turn off at the specified

time if other than the Stand-by display is displayed. The power turns off after the

function in working is finished. When you set a Flash movie as the Stand-by display,

the power might not be turned off while the Flash movie is moving.

pTurn off the FOMA phone after setting “Auto power ON” to “OFF” when you are near

electronic devices using high-precision control or weak signals, or where the use is

prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.

+m-4-4

<Alarm>

Using Alarm

Information

Item Operation/Explanation

Alarm You can set whether to validate or invalidate the alarm.

ON or OFF

Time Enter the time for sounding the alarm.

pYou cannot set the same time as the time set for the stored

alarm.

Repeat Select a type of repeat.

pIf you select “1 time”, the alarm is not repeated.

pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the week

to be set and press l().

409

Convenient Functions

2Press l().

pThe following icons appear on the display depending on the setting:

: Repeats daily.

: Repeats on the specified day of the week.

Tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folder

Select an alarm tone.

Volume Use Bo to adjust the volume.

pIf you set “Step”, the alarm tone is silent for about three

seconds, and then the volume steps up every about three

seconds, from Level 1 through Level 6.

Snooze You can set whether to activate Snooze. If you set to “OFF”, set

the duration that the alarm tone is to continue sounding.

ON or OFFEnter a ring time (minutes).

pYou can enter from “01” through “10” in two digits.

pSee page 410 for how Snooze works.

Auto power ON You can set whether to turn on the power automatically to make

an alarm sound when the alarm time arrives during power off.

ON or OFF

Prefer manner

mode

You can set the alarm tone which sounds at the specified time

during Manner Mode.

ON or OFF

ON . . . . . Sounds at the same volume as set for “Alarm volume”

on page 113.

OFF . . . . Sounds at the volume set for this function.

Item Operation/Explanation

Function Menu while Alarm is Displayed

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Edit Go to step 1 of “Using Alarm” on page 408.

Detail You can display the stored alarm contents.

Set this You can validate the stored alarm.

YES

pYou can validate also by pressing Oo().

The icon appears on the desktop.

“ ”. . . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for today (except the setting for past time).

“ ”. . . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for tomorrow or onward only.

pIf you set “Alarm” of the stored schedule event/ToDo item to “OFF”, the icons are not

displayed.

Set all You can validate all the stored alarm.

YES

Release this You can invalidate the stored alarm.

YES

pYou can invalidate also by pressing Oo().

Release all You can invalidate all the stored alarm.

YES

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Information

pIf the alarm tone sounds during a call, press any key to stop it. Once again press any

key to end the alarm including Snooze. If the other party on the phone hangs up, an

alarm including Snooze ends.

pDuring a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).

pIf any of the following events occurs in Snooze state, Snooze is released:

･When you receive a voice call, videophone call, or PushTalk call

･When you receive a mail message or Message R/F while “Receiving display” is set

to “Alarm preferred”

･When you receive a location provision request while “Location request menu” or the

setting by service is set to other than “OFF”

･When an alarm tone of “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Book program” or “Timer recording”

sounds

pWhen you set the power to automatically turn on and an alarm to sound, the default

alarm tone sounds if the alarm which is set with the UIM restrictions has been

selected.

pTurn off the FOMA phone after setting “Auto power ON” to “OFF” when you are near

electronic devices using high-precision control or weak signals, or where the use is

prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.

When you set an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, and “ToDo”

410

Convenient Functions

The alarm sounds for about five minutes (in the case of “Alarm”, the alarm sounds for

specified time), and illumination lights. The vibrator works as you set for “Phone” of

“Vibrator”. The set alarm message and an animation or i-motion movie linking to the

selected icon appear on the display.

pIf you set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”

The alarm sounds for about one minute at an interval of five minutes, up to six times,

until Snooze is released by pressing h.

pDuring a call

The alarm sounds from the earpiece three times repeatedly.

pDuring operations

The FOMA phone works according to the setting of “Alarm setting”. (See page 416)

pWhen you set an alarm to the time of another alarm

The alarm sounds in the priority order of “Alarm”→“Timer recording”→“ToDo”→

“Schedule”→“Book program”. A missed schedule event or ToDo is notified by the

“Missed alarm” icon.

pWhen the power is turned off

<Alarm>

When “Auto power ON” is set to “ON”, the power automatically turns on to make an

alarm notification sound. When the auto-power setting is set to “OFF”, an alarm does

not sound with the power stayed off. Even after turning the power on, the “Missed

alarm” icon is not displayed.

The alarm does not sound.

The “Missed alarm” icon is not displayed even after turning the power on.

pIn Manner Mode

The vibrator and illumination light notify you. For Schedule/ToDo, a message is also

displayed. The alarm sounds at the volume set for Manner Mode. (See page 113)

pDuring Lock All, Personal Data Lock or Omakase Lock

The alarm does not sound.

After releasing each lock, the “Missed alarm” icon is displayed to inform you of the

missed alarm. Further, if the power is turned off, the power does not turn on and the

“Missed alarm” icon does not appear even after releasing each lock.

When the time specified for “Alarm”, “Schedule” or “ToDo”

comes

pWhile SD-PIM is activated, during infrared data exchange, or during iC communication

The alarm does not sound.

After each function is finished, the “Missed alarm” icon is displayed.

pWhile updating a software program

The alarm does not sound.

When the specified time comes during rewriting the software program, the “Missed

alarm” icon is not displayed even after updating is completed.

Press any key to stop the alarm tone but the animation/i-motion movie changes to a still

image and the alarm message remains displayed. Press any key again (press h if

you set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”) to clear the display. However, you cannot clear the

alarm message for the schedule event or ToDo item by pressing a side key, with the

FOMA phone closed. When a call comes in, the alarm stops sounding.

“Missed alarm” icon is displayed on the desktop. You can check that icon for the contents

of the missed alarm (Missed alarm information).

The latest missed alarm information that could not be notified is displayed.

Information

pIf you set “Alarm setting” to “Alarm preferred” and the alarm time has come when you

are dialing, the alarm sounds after calling up the other party. If the alarm time has

come when receiving a call, the alarm sounds after starting communication.

pYou might not be able to set some i-motion movies or Chaku-uta Full® music files for

the alarm.

pSome i-motion movies set for the alarm might be played back only with sound at the

specified time.

pThe Chaku-uta Full® music file set for the alarm is played back only with sound at the

specified time.

The illumination for when you play back a demo to select an alarm tone might differ

from for when you are notified by an alarm.

To clear alarm tone/alarm message, and animation/i-motion

movie from the display

When “Alarm” did not work

411

Convenient Functions

You can display the calendar by month or week to check the stored

schedule events.

You can display or store from January 1, 2000 through December 31,

2037.

pSee page 410 for how alarm works.

When the specified date and time come, an alarm tone, an illumination,

alarm message (summary or contents of the schedule event) and an

animation corresponding to the set icon notify you of the schedule event.

You can store up to 1,000 schedule events.

1mStationerySchedulel()Schedule

Do the following operations.

+m-4-5

Using Calendar to Manage Schedule

Store Schedule Events

Item Operation/Explanation

Edit summary Select an icon.

pWhen the alarm tone alerts you, the animation corresponding to

the selected icon is displayed.

Enter the summary of the schedule event.

pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters.

pA summary corresponding to the selected icon is entered in

advance.

Whole day You can set whole day schedule without entering starting and

ending date/time.

OFF or ON

pIf you set to “ON”, the alarm sounds at 12 a.m.

Date (from) Enter the date and time for starting the schedule.

Date (to) Enter the date and time for ending the schedule.

2Press l().

pThe following icons appear on the display depending on the setting:

: Alarm sounds.

: Repeats daily.

: Repeats on the specified day of the week.

: Repeats monthly.

: Repeats yearly.

You can set the schedule events to the same setting time only by a combination of “1

time” and “Daily/Select day/Monthly/Yearly” for “Repeat”. When both two events are set

to “1 time” or “Daily/Select day/Monthly/Yearly”, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to overwrite on each.

When one event is set to “1 time” and the other is set to “Daily/Select day/Monthly/

Yearly”, the confirmation display appears telling that “1 time” has priority.

Repeat Select a type of repeat.

pIf you select “1 time”, the alarm is not repeated.

pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the week

to be set and press l().

pThe schedule event set with repetition is counted as one event.

Alarm Select an alarm method.

ON . . . . . . . . . . . Alerts you at the time of the starting date/time of

the schedule event. The setting for alarm

notification is completed.

ON/Set time . . . Alerts you at the time set as the prenotification.

OFF . . . . . . . . . . Does not alert. The setting for alarm notification

is completed.

Enter the date and time to be alerted.

Tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folder

Select an alarm tone.

Contents Enter schedule contents.

pYou can enter up to 256 full-pitch/512 half-pitch characters.

Item Operation/Explanation

When you attempt to set two schedule events to the same

date and time

412

Convenient Functions

You can store up to 100 each of holidays and anniversaries. However,

you cannot store multiple holidays for the same date.

1mStationerySchedulel()

Holiday or AnniversaryDo the following operations.

2Press l().

pThe holiday ( ) or anniversary ( ) you set is stored.

: Repeats yearly.

Information

pIf you enter a date on or after 29th in “Date (from)” and set “Repeat” to “Monthly”, the

schedule event is set on the last day of the month when the month does not have the

specified date.

pIf you enter February 29 of the leap year in “Date (from)” and set “Repeat” to “Yearly”,

the schedule event is set on February 28 when the year is not the leap year.

pFor the schedule event stored as secret data, an animation for secret data appears

when the alarm sounds in ordinary mode (not in “Secret mode” or “Secret data only”).

An alarm message is not displayed.

pDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.

During a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).

Store Holidays/Anniversaries

Item Operation/Explanation

Date setting Enter the date.

Repeat Select a type of repeat.

pIf you select “1 time”, the holiday/anniversary is not repeated.

pThe holiday or anniversary set with repetition is counted as one

event.

Contents Enter the contents of the holiday or anniversary.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

You can check the details of schedule events, holidays, or anniversaries.

1mStationerySchedule

The Calendar display appears.

pToday and the selected date

are highlighted and the number

of stored schedule events and

the contents of the day are

displayed at the bottom of the

display.

pDisplay on the calendar

(blue): Schedule set for a.m.

(orange): Schedule set for

p.m.

＿: Schedule continues two

days or more

pHolidays are displayed in red,

and anniversaries are marked

with a red circle.

pIf you press m() or c( ) from the monthly display, the calendar

for the pervious or next month is displayed.

If you press m() or c( ) from the weekly display, the calendar for

the pervious or next week is displayed.

2Select a date.

The Schedule list for the selected date is displayed.

Check Schedule Events

Calendar display

(Monthly display)

Calendar display

(Weekly display)

Schedule list

413

Convenient Functions

3Select a schedule event, holiday, or

anniversary.

Detailed Schedule

display

Information

pNational holidays on the calendar are conformance with “Law on National Holidays

and the partially amended version of the Elder Law” (up to No.43, 2005). Spring

Equinox Day and Autumn Equinox Day are announced on the official gazette of

February 1 in the previous year, therefore, they may differ from the days on the

calendar. (As of March 2008)

Function Menu of the Calendar Display

Function menu Operation/Explanation

New Select an item.

Schedule. . . . . . Go to step 1 on page 411.

Holiday . . . . . . . Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays/Anniversaries”

on page 412.

Anniversary . . . Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays/Anniversaries”

on page 412.

Monthly display/

Weekly display

You can switch the Calendar displays.

Monthly display or Weekly display

Icon display Select an icon to be displayed.

The Schedule Event list for the selected icon is displayed.

pSelect a schedule event to display the details.

To specified date Enter the date.

No. of schedules You can display the number of schedule events, holidays, and

anniversaries. You can display the number of the schedule

events stored as secret data during Secret Mode or Secret Data

Only.

Add desktop icon See page 127.

Send all Ir data See page 371.

All

transmission

See page 372.

Customize holiday You can specify the color for the day of the week.

Select a day of the weekDefault, Red, or Blue

pThe display color of national holidays and stored holidays has

priority over this setting.

Delete past You can delete the schedule events, holidays or anniversaries

stored for up to a preceding day of the selected day.

Select an item to be deletedYES

Delete all You can delete all the schedule events, holidays or anniversaries.

Enter your Terminal Security Code

Select an item to be deletedYES

pWhen you delete all holidays, the setting for national holidays

will be reset.

Reset holiday You can restore the national holidays you deleted to its default.

You cannot reset the holidays you have set.

YES

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Information

pOn the Icon display, the schedule set with repetition is displayed as a single event. For

the date, the nearest date of the schedule event is displayed.

pThey are displayed in the default color during Lock All, Omakase Lock, and Personal

Data Lock.

414

Convenient Functions

Function Menu of the Schedule List/Detailed Schedule

Display

Function menu Operation/Explanation

New Select an item.

Schedule . . . . . . .Go to step 1 on page 411.

Holiday . . . . . . . . .Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays/Anniversaries”

on page 412.

Anniversary. . . . .Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays/Anniversaries”

on page 412.

pYou can store also by pressing l( ) from the Schedule

list.

Edit Go to step 1 on page 411 for the schedule event. Go to step 1 of

“Store Holidays/Anniversaries” on page 412 for the holiday and

anniversary.

pYou can edit also by pressing Oo( ) from the detailed

Schedule display.

pYou cannot edit national holidays.

Copy You can copy the schedule event, holiday or anniversary and

store it for another date.

Enter the date and time you are pasting to.

Go to step 1 on page 411 for the schedule event. Go to step 1 of

“Store Holidays/Anniversaries” on page 412 for the holiday and

anniversary.

pEven if “Repeat” of the copy source is set to “Daily/Select day/

Monthly/Yearly”, the pasted one is set to “1 time”.

pYou cannot copy national holidays.

Calendar display You can return to the Calendar display from the Icon display. You

can operate this only when the Icon display is displayed.

Icon display See page 413.

To specified date See page 413.

Set secret/

Release secret

You can have the schedule event set to or release from secret.

YES

pWhen you select “Set secret” in ordinary mode (not in “Secret

mode” or “Secret data only”), enter your Terminal Security

Code.

Compose message You can compose an i-mode mail message whose text contains

the date and contents of the schedule event.

Go to step 2 on page 198.

Attach to mail You can attach the schedule event to an i-mode mail message to

send.

Go to step 2 on page 198.

pYou can attach it to an i-mode mail message also by pressing

l( ) from the detailed Schedule display.

Send Ir data See page 370.

Send all Ir data See page 371.

transmission See page 372.

All

transmission

See page 372.

Copy to microSD See page 357.

Delete this YES

pIf you delete a schedule event, holiday or anniversary set for

repeat, the all data items set for repeat will be deleted.

pYou can delete national holidays only by “Delete this”.

Delete past See page 413.

Delete select Put a check mark for schedule events to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all You can delete all schedule events, holidays or anniversaries.

You can operate this only when the Icon display is displayed.

(See page 413)

Function menu Operation/Explanation

415

Convenient Functions

You can manage your schedule events in the list and make an alarm tone

sound when the specified time comes. You can store up to 100 ToDo

items to manage your schedule.

pSee page 410 for how alarm works.

1mStationeryToDol()

Do the following operations.

pYou can check the stored contents by selecting a stored ToDo item, and you can

edit it by pressing Oo().

+m-9-5

<ToDo>

Using ToDo to Manage Schedule

Item Operation/Explanation

Edit ToDo Enter ToDo contents.

pYou can enter up to 100 full-pitch/200 half-pitch characters.

Due date Select an item.

Enter date. . . . . Enter the date (due date) directly.

Choose date. . . Select a date (due date) from the calendar.

Check the date and press Oo().

No date . . . . . . . Does not set the date (due date). The alarm

does not work.

Priority Select a priority.

pIf you sort the items in due date order, the items for the same

due date are displayed from the higher priority.

Category Select a category.

Alarm Select an alarm method.

ON . . . . . . . . . . . Alerts you at the set time. The setting for alarm

notification is completed.

ON/Set time . . . Alerts you at the time set as the prenotification.

OFF . . . . . . . . . . Does not alert you. The setting for alarm

notification is completed.

Enter the date and time to be alerted.

2Press l().

: Priority high

: Priority low

pIf you do not enter the contents, “ ” is not displayed, and you cannot store

the ToDo item.

Alarm tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folder

Select an alarm tone.

Item Operation/Explanation

Function Menu while ToDo Item is Displayed

Function menu Operation/Explanation

New Go to step 1 on page 415.

Edit Go to step 1 on page 415.

pTo edit “Completion date” of the ToDo item set with

“Completion”, select “ ”, and perform the same operation as

in “Due date” of step 1 on page 415.

Change status The set status icons are displayed on the ToDo list.

Select a status.

pThe status icons switch from blue to red after the due date.

pIf you select “Completion”, perform the same operation as in

“Due date” of step 1 on page 415.

Category display Select a category.

pSelect a ToDo item to display the details of it.

Sort/Filter You can sort ToDo items for display. You can also list them up by

the specified status.

Select the order or state you want to display.

Add desktop icon See page 127.

Attach to mail You can attach the ToDo item to an i-mode mail message to

send.

Go to step 2 on page 198.

pYou can attach it to an i-mode mail message also by pressing

l( ) while checking the stored contents of the ToDo

item.

Send Ir data See page 370.

416

Convenient Functions

You can set whether to make an alarm notification of “Alarm”,

“Schedule”, “ToDo” and “Book program”, for when operating another

function.

1mSettingsClockAlarm setting

Operation preferred or Alarm preferred

Operation preferred . . . . . Alerts you only during the Stand-by display.

Alarm preferred. . . . . . . . .Alerts you even when you are operating the FOMA

phone or during a call.

Send all Ir data See page 371.

transmission See page 372.

All

transmission

See page 372.

Copy to microSD See page 357.

Delete this YES

Delete select Put a check mark for ToDo items to be deleted

l()YES

Delete completed You can delete the “Completion” ToDo items.

YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Information

pDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.

During a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).

Setting Operating Conditions of Alarm

Information

pWhen you could not be alerted, the “Missed alarm” icon appears on the desktop.

You can store frequently used functions in the Private menu. You can

store a total of 12 items from respective functions in Main Menu (see

page 482).

1mm()

Private menu is displayed.

pPress i( ) to display the Private Menu list.

pIf you have not touched any keys for at least 15

seconds, the Stand-by display returns.

2Select an icon.

The display for the selected function is displayed.

1mSettingsDisplay

Private menu setting

Using Your Original Menu

Select a Function from the Private Menu

Private menu

+m-5-2

Display the Private Menu List

Private Menu list

417

Convenient Functions

Function Menu of the Private Menu List

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Add to menu You can store the frequently used function in the Private menu.

Select a function to be stored.

pPress No to display the storable functions by main menu item

or sub-menu item. Press Bo to highlight the function you store.

Change BG image Select a folderSelect an image.

Add desktop icon See page 127.

Reset menu You can reset the Private menu to the default.

YES

Release this YES

Release all YES

Information

pThe image you can set is a JPEG or GIF image whose size is Stand-by display (480 x

854) or smaller and up to 300 Kbytes. Perform “Change size” or “Trim away” for other

images to set. However, when you set a GIF animation, the first frame is displayed.

In addition to the phone number (own number) you have signed up, you

can store your personal information such as your name, reading of your

name, phone numbers (up to three), mail addresses (up to three), a postal

address, a birthday, memorandums, and a still image.

If you change the mail address or register a secret code, change the mail

address in this function as well.

1mPhonebookOwn numberl()

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

Perform the operation in

step 2 on page 92 to store

personal information.

pYou cannot change or

delete own number.

pIf you have already entered

your Terminal Security

Code by operating another

function such as “Display

all data”, the display for

entering your Terminal Security Code does not appear.

2Press l().

+m-0

Storing Your Name, Mail Address and

Other Information

Own Number display

Information

pThe items other than own number are displayed even if you use another UIM,

because they are stored in the FOMA phone.

pThe mail address you can change using this function is limited to the mail address

displayed by “Own number”. You cannot change the actual mail address.

Function Menu of the Own Number Display

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Edit Go to step 1 on page 417.

418

Convenient Functions

Character size You can switch the character size for the Own Number and on

the displays within “Phonebook settings”, etc. (See “Phonebook”

on page 129)

Display all data You can display all the stored phone numbers and mail

addresses.

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

Use No to display each item.

Copy name You can copy a name.

Copy phone number/

Copy mail add./

Copy address/

Copy birthday/

Copy memorandums

You can copy each item.

pThe items in the Function menu differ depending on the

displayed item.

Send Ir data See page 370.

pYou can send data via infrared data exchange also by pressing

c().

transmission See page 372.

pYou can send data via iC transmission also by pressing

m().

Copy to microSD See page 357.

Erase phone number/

Erase mail add./

Erase address/

Erase birthday/

Erase memorandums/

Delete image

You can delete each item.

YES

pWhen the display for entering your Terminal Security Code

appears, enter the code.

pThe items in the Function menu differ depending on the

displayed item.

Reset You can reset (delete) all the stored personal data such as phone

numbers or mail addresses except own number.

YES

pWhen the display for entering your Terminal Security Code

appears, enter the code.

Auto acquire No. B You can check if the 2in1 service is contracted. When it has been

contracted, Number B is stored.

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Two types of Voice Memo are available; one is “Voice memo” (during a

call) for recording the other party’s voice during a call and the other is

“Record voice memo” for recording your own voice during standby.

You can record either one of “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice

memo” for about three minutes.

pSee page 73 for playing back/erasing “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice memo”.

1During a voice call

>(for at least one second) or l().

A beep sounds and recording starts.

pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo() or r, or press and hold

>(for at least one second).

pPress h to end the recording and the call.

pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording time (for about three

minutes) ends.

The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the “Talking” display

returns.

1mLifeKitRec. msg/voice memoVoice memo

YES

A beep sounds and recording starts. Speak into the microphone.

pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo(), r or h.

pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording time (for about three

minutes) ends. The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the former

display returns.

Recording Voice during a Call or Standby

as Voice Memo

Record Other Party’s Voice during a Call

Information

pIf you record a voice memo when either “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice memo”

has already been saved, the old one is overwritten regardless of whether you have

played back or not.

pYou cannot record a voice memo while operating each item in the Function menu.

+m-5-5

Record Your Voice during Standby

419

Convenient Functions

During a videophone call, you can record the receiving images along

with voice.

You can record up to five items for about 20 seconds per item.

pSee page 73 for playing back/erasing “Movie memo”.

1During a videophone call>(for at least one second)

A beep sounds and recording starts. “ ” is displayed during recording.

pA still image specified by “Movie memo” of “Select image” is shown on the other

party’s display.

pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo( ) or press and hold >(for at

least one second).

pPress h to end the recording and the call.

pA beep sounds about 5 seconds before the recording time (for about 20 seconds)

ends. The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the “Talking” display

returns.

Information

pThe recording is suspended when a call comes in, when an alarm for “Alarm”,

“Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Book program”, or “Timer recording” sounds, or when you switch

the displays by Multitask.

Recording Images during a Videophone

Call as a Movie Memo

Information

pIf you record a movie memo when five movie memos have already been recorded,

the oldest movie memo is overwritten regardless of whether you have played it back

or not.

pYou cannot record a movie memo while operating each item in the Function menu.

You can confirm the last and accumulated call duration and cost for

voice calls and videophone calls.

pDisplayed call duration and cost are for reference and might differ from the actual ones.

In addition, the consumption tax is not included in the call cost.

pBoth the voice call duration and digital communications duration (videophone call

duration + 64K data communication duration) are displayed and both incoming and

outgoing calls are included in the duration.

pThe call cost is for the outgoing calls only. However, “¥0” or “¥__” is displayed for toll

free calls such as Free Dial or for Directory Assistance Service (104), etc.

The call cost is accumulated on the UIM. Therefore, when you replace the UIM, the

charge accumulated on the UIM in use is displayed. (accumulation from December 2004)

※You cannot display the accumulated cost on the UIM using the FOMA phones that

were released before the 901i series. (The cost is accumulated on the UIM.)

pYou can reset the displayed call duration and call cost.

1mSettingsCall time/costCall data

Last call duration

Talk: Displays the call duration of the latest voice call.

Digital Videophone: Displays the call duration of the latest videophone call.

Non-limiting digital: Displays the call duration of the latest 64K data

communication.

Last call cost

Talk: Displays the call cost for the latest voice call.

Digital Videophone: Displays the call cost for the latest videophone call.

Non-limiting digital: Displays the call cost for the latest 64K data communication.

Total calls duration

Talk: Displays the call duration of voice calls from the time Reset Total Duration

was executed to the current time.

Digital: Displays the call duration of videophone calls and 64K data

communication from the time Reset Total Duration was executed to the

current time.

Total calls

Displays the call cost from the time Reset Total Cost was executed to the current

call.

+m-6-1

Checking Call Duration and Cost

420

Convenient Functions

Calls reset

Displays the date and time when Reset Total Duration was executed last time.

Cost reset

Displays the date and time when Reset Total Cost was executed last time.

1mSettingsCall time/costReset total cost&dura.

Enter your Terminal Security Code

Do the following operations.

Information

pWhen Last Call Duration exceeds “19 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds”, or Total Calls

Duration exceeds “199 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds”, “0 s” returns to re-count the

time.

pIf you switch between the voice call and videophone call during a call, the call duration

and call cost are counted respectively for the calls. You are not charged while

“Changing” (see page 53) is displayed.

pThe duration/charge for PushTalk, i-mode communication and packet communication

are not counted. For how to check the i-mode fee, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s

Guide [i-mode] FOMA version” which is supplied on your i-mode contract.

pThe charge for Chaku-moji is not counted.

pThe international call fee for using WORLD CALL is counted. The fees for using other

international call services are not counted.

pThe duration for ringing and calling is not counted as call duration.

pIf you turn off the power or remove the UIM, Last Call Duration is reset to “0 s”; and

Last Call Cost is reset to “¥__”.

+m-6-0

Resetting Total Duration/Total Cost

Item Operation/Explanation

Reset total duration You can reset Last Call Duration and Total Calls Duration to “0 s”.

YES

Reset total cost You can reset Last Call Cost and Total Calls to “¥0”.

YESEnter the PIN2 code.

pSee page 132 for PIN2 code.

You can set the call cost limit for Total Calls and can be notified when it is

exceeded. If you set “Auto reset setting” to “ON”, the call cost is reset at

midnight on the 1st of the month and “ ” is deleted.

1mSettingsCall time/costNotice call cost

Enter your Terminal Security CodeON or OFF

Enter a max cost.

pYou can set from ¥10 through ¥100,000 in unit of ¥10.

2Select a method to alertON or OFF

Enter the PIN2 code.

pSee page 132 for PIN2 code.

“ ” appears. When “Icon + alarm” is set as a notice method and the Stand-by display

returns, the message to the effect that the call cost has exceeded the maximum cost is

displayed, and a warning tone sounds from the speakers.

You can clear “ ” displayed by Notice Call Cost.

1mSettingsCall time/costCLR max cost icon

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

Setting Call Cost Limit

When Total Calls has exceeded the max cost

Clear Max Cost Icon

Information

p“ ” is cleared also by executing Reset Total Cost, Reset Settings, or Initialize.

pTo be re-notified of the set limit after the maximum cost is exceeded, reset Total Calls.

421

Convenient Functions

You can display the calculator to make the four rules of calculation

(＋, −, ×, ÷). You can display up to 10 digits.

1mStationeryCalculator

Follow the operation below to make a

calculation.

You can store up to 20 text memos.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>

Enter a text memo.

pYou can enter up to 256 full-pitch/512 half-pitch characters.

pYou can check the stored contents by selecting a stored text memo, and you can

edit it by pressing Oo().

+m-8-5

Using Calculator

+Vo＋+Zo×

+Co−+Xo÷

+Oo＝+lDecimal point

+i%

-r

C (Clear): Clears the numeral you have

entered last.

AC (All clear): Clears all the calculations

you entered.

Information

pYou cannot enter a minus sign while you are performing calculation.

pWhen the calculated result exceeds 10 digits or invalid calculation like “divided by 0” is

performed, “.E” is displayed.

+m-4-2

Making Text Memos

Function Menu while Text Memo is Displayed

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Edit Go to step 1 of “Making Text Memos” on page 421.

Compose message You can compose an i-mode mail message containing the

contents of the text memo.

Go to step 2 on page 198.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Edit schedule You can create a schedule event containing the contents of the

text memo.

Schedule

Go to step 1 on page 411.

Add desktop icon See page 127.

Send Ir data See page 370.

Send all Ir data See page 371.

transmission See page 372.

All

transmission

See page 372.

Copy to microSD See page 357.

Text memo info You can display the date and time when the text memo was

created, the date and time of the latest update, and the category.

Category You can classify text memos by category.

Select a category.

pIf you do not set, the category is set to “None”.

Delete this YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for text memos to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

422

Convenient Functions

You can exchange the Phonebook entries or SMS messages between the

FOMA phone and the UIM. You can also delete the Phonebook entries or

SMS messages stored in the FOMA phone or the UIM.

You can save a total of 20 received and sent SMS messages to the UIM.

1mPhonebookUIM operation

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

When you enter your Terminal Security Code, “ ” appears, and you cannot use

phone and mail functions.

pWhen a call comes in just before entering your Terminal Security Code, UIM

Operation ends.

2Copy or DeleteSelect a copy end or delete source

Phonebook or SMS

Phonebook

Search the Phonebook to list the entries.

SMS

Inbox. . . . . Copies or deletes the data in the Inbox.

Outbox . . . Copies or deletes the data in the Outbox.

Select a folder and show the list.

pWhen copying or moving data items to the UIM, the confirmation display appears

telling that 2in1 management information will be deleted if 2in1 is activated.

3Put a check mark for data items to be copied or deleted

l()YES

Copying/Deleting Data Items in FOMA

Phone or UIM

Copy/Delete Data Items

1Detailed Phonebook displayi()

Copy to UIM or Copy from UIMYES

1Outbox list/Detailed Sent Mail display/Inbox list/

Detailed Received Mail displayi()

Move/copyUIM operation

Select a move method or copy methodYES

“ (blue)” indicates an SMS message in the FOMA phone.

“ ” indicates an SMS message on the UIM.

Function Menu while the Phonebook List or SMS List is

Displayed

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Start copy/Start

deletion

You can start copy or deletion.

Select this You can select the data item.

Select all in tab You can select all the Phonebook entries in the displayed tab.

Select all You can select all data items.

Release this You can release the selection.

Release all in tab You can release all the selected Phonebook entries in the

displayed tab.

Release all You can release all selections.

Detail You can display the detailed Phonebook display or the detailed

SMS display.

Copy from the Function Menu of Phonebook

Move or Copy from the Function Menu of Mail

Information

pThe number of phone numbers/mail addresses you can store in a single Phonebook

entry differs between the FOMA phone and the UIM. Therefore, you cannot copy the

second or later phone numbers/mail addresses stored in the FOMA phone to the UIM.

You cannot copy the data that cannot be stored on the UIM such as a postal address,

either.

423

Convenient Functions

You can make/receive a call by using the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone

with Switch (option).

Open the cover of the Earphone/Microphone/AV output terminal and

insert the connecting plug of the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with

Switch. (See page 26)

pThe types of character fonts you can use differ between the FOMA phone and the

UIM; therefore a pictograph is converted into a space.

pWhen you copy Phonebook entries from the FOMA phone to the UIM, the name of up

to 10 full-pitch/21 half-pitch characters and the reading of up to 12 half-pitch

characters are converted to full-pitch katakana characters and copied. The rest

characters are not copied.

pPhonebook entries stored as secret data cannot be copied to the UIM even in Secret

Mode or Secret Data Only.

pIf you set the same group name in the FOMA phone and the UIM, the group settings

for the Phonebook are retained. If you set different group names in the FOMA phone

and the UIM, the group settings are not retained.

pYou can neither move nor copy SMS reports.

pYou cannot protect SMS messages you have moved or copied to the UIM. If you copy

or move protected SMS messages to the UIM, SMS messages on the UIM are

unprotected. Also, the reply and forward icons become the read icons.

pIf SMS messages are moved or copied from the FOMA phone to the UIM, you can

check them in the “Inbox” or “Outbox” folder.

While you use 2in1, all the SMS messages are saved as the ones for Number A,

regardless of the current mode.

pWhen you move or copy SMS messages from the UIM to the FOMA phone, they are

moved or copied to the “Inbox” or “Outbox” folder.

<Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch>

How to Use Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch

Connect Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

Information

You can select the microphone to use when the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch (option) is connected from the microphone of

the FOMA phone or the microphone of the earphone/microphone.

1mSettingsOther settingsHeadset mic. setting

Built-in microphone or Headset microphone

1Enter a phone number

bring up a Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call

record, or received call record.

2Press and hold the switch of the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch for at least one second

Start talking when the other party answers.

A beep sounds and you are connected.

pYou can use this function even in Horizontal Open Style. However, you cannot

make a videophone call by pressing the switch of Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch.

pYou can make a call also by operating the FOMA phone.

3After talking, press and hold the switch of the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch for at least one

second to end the call.

A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.

Selecting a Microphone when Earphone is

Connected

Information

pWhen you connect earphones without a microphone, select “Built-in microphone”.

pWhen you set to “Built-in microphone” and connect the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch, the sensitivity of the microphone of the FOMA phone is

improved.

Make Calls Using the Switch

424

Convenient Functions

1During ringingPress the switch of the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch.

A beep sounds and you are connected.

With a videophone call, a camera image is sent to the other party. You can switch

between the camera image and the substitute image by pressing m during the

videophone call. (See page 75)

pYou can use it also with the FOMA phone closed or in Horizontal Open Style. If

you receive a videophone call in Horizontal Open Style, substitute image is sent

to the other party.

pYou can answer calls also by operating the FOMA phone.

pWhen “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”, a call is answered automatically after

the ring time elapsed.

2After talking, press and hold the switch of the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch for at least one

second to end the call.

A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.

Receive Calls Using the Switch

Information

pRegardless of the setting for “Keypad sound”, a tone for connecting and disconnecting

the line sounds.

pNote that you might be connected if you try to connect the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch after the ring tone sounds.

pTo release hold, press the switch of the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

during answer-hold (On Hold) and while a call is on hold (Holding). (When a

videophone call is put on hold, the camera image is sent and the videophone call

starts.)

pDo not press or release the switch of the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

in succession. You might be automatically connected.

pIf you have signed up for Call Waiting Service and “Multi calling” is displayed during a

call, you can switch two calls by pressing and holding the switch of the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch for at least one second. However, you cannot use

the switch to end the call.

pYou can adjust the earpiece volume by pressing .< (raise) or .> (lower) during a call.

When “Headset switch to call” is set to “Voice call” and the Stand-by

display is shown, you can press the switch on the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch (option) to make voice calls.

1mSettingsOther settingsHeadset switch to call

Voice call or OFF

pYou can check the currently set phonebook entry by pressing l().

2Search the PhonebookSelect a Phonebook entry.

If a call comes in while “Headset mic. setting” is set to “Headset

microphone” and the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

(option) is connected, the FOMA phone automatically answers the call

after the specified ring time elapses.

1mSettingsIncoming callAuto answer setting

ON or OFFEnter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “001” through “120” in three digits.

pYou cannot set the same ring time for Remote Monitoring, Auto Answer Setting

and Record Message Setting. Set a different time for each.

Selecting a Call Destination when

Earphone is Connected

Information

pWhen the Phonebook entry contains multiple phone numbers, the first phone number

is set.

pIf you delete the set Phonebook entry, the Phonebook entry stored in the memory

number 999 is automatically set to Headset Switch to Call.

+m-9-4

Answering a Call Automatically when

Earphone is Connected

425

Convenient Functions

You can connect between Bluetooth devices wirelessly. When you

connect, for an example, your FOMA phone to Wireless Earphone Set 02

(option) using Bluetooth communication, you can talk on the phone or

listen to music with your FOMA phone carried in a bag.

pNote that battery consumption will be faster when you use Bluetooth connection.

pWireless communications with all the Bluetooth devices are not necessarily

guaranteed.

Information

pWhen the FOMA phone automatically answers a videophone call, a substitute image

is sent to the other party. You can switch between the substitute image and the

camera image by pressing +m during the videophone call. (See page 75)

pIf you activate Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service together with Auto

Answer Setting and want to give priority to Auto Answer Setting over the service, set

its ring time shorter than that for Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service.

pEven if you connect the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch while ringing,

Auto Answer Setting does not work. However, if you disconnect it while ringing, Auto

Answer Setting works.

pDuring 64K data communication or connecting the Flat-plug AV Output Cable

(option), Auto Answer

Setting

does not work.

Using Bluetooth Function

With your FOMA phone, the following six services are available:

Headset, Hands-free, Audio, Dial-up Communication, Object Push and

Serial Port services. Also, the Audio/Video remote control service might

be available when you use the Audio service. (Only with compatible

Bluetooth devices)

■Talk through Headset

When you connect Wireless Earphone Set 02 (option) or a Bluetooth headset

(commercial item) to the FOMA phone using Bluetooth communication, you can talk

wirelessly.

・Use the Headset service.

■Talk Hands-free

When you connect a Bluetooth communication device such as a car navigation

system (commercial item) to the FOMA phone using Bluetooth communication, you

can communicate hands-free using the microphone and speaker on the car navigation

system.

・Use the Hands-free service.

What You can Do with Bluetooth Function

Supported version

Bluetooth Specification Ver. 2.0 + EDR compliant

Supported profiles (Supported services)

HSP: Headset Profile

HFP: Hands-Free Profile

A2DP: Advanced Audio Distribution Profile

AVRCP: Audio/Video Remote Control Profile

DUNP: Dial-up Networking Profile

OPP: Object Push Profile

SPP: Serial Port Profile

426

Convenient Functions

■Play back on Audio Equipment

When you connect Wireless Earphone Set P01/02 (option) or Bluetooth

communication compatible audio equipment (commercial item) to the FOMA phone

using Bluetooth communication, you can play back a stereophonic high-quality sound

wirelessly.

However, the devices that support audio of 1Seg programs or video files are limited.

(For details, see “Information” of “Play Back Audio of 1Seg Programs Using Bluetooth

Device”.)

・Use the Audio service.

■Communicate wirelessly

When you connect a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer to the

FOMA phone using Bluetooth communication, you can perform packet

communication or 64K data communication using the FOMA phone as a modem.

・Use the Dial-up Communication service.

・For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.

■Send Phonebook via Bluetooth communication

You can send the Phonebook entries by connecting the Bluetooth device to the FOMA

phone using Bluetooth communication. You can send them from the Function menu of

the Phonebook.

・Use the Object Push service.

■Use Bluetooth communication from i-αppli

By connecting the FOMA phone with another mobile phone or Bluetooth

communication compatible device using Bluetooth communication, you can play a

match game with your friends or manage data files on an i-αppli program.

・Use the Serial Port service.

■Tone from Bluetooth devices

Connected service

HSP HFP A2DP

Voice call dial tone ○○L

Voice/Videophone call ring tone ○※1, ※2○※2L

Calling tone at voice/videophone call ○○L

The other party’s voice at voice/videophone call ○○L

Caller’s voice from Record Message at voice call ○○L

PushTalk ring tone LL○

1Seg audio LL○

○: Output from the Bluetooth device.

L: Not output from the Bluetooth device, instead it is played back from the FOMA phone.

※1 The ring tone sounds from both the Bluetooth device and FOMA phone when

“Headset usage setting” is set to “Headset and speaker”.

※2 The ring tone sounds from the FOMA phone when “Forward ring tone” is set to

“OFF”.

※3 The tone does not sound for i-motion movies played back while being obtained from

sites.

※4 The alarm tone sounds from the Bluetooth device only during a call. The alarm tone

that sounds from the Bluetooth device is not the one set for Alarm. It beeps.

※5 The alarm tone/mail ring tone does not sound when a display other than the

Stand-by display is shown.

pSome Bluetooth devices might not work as specified in the table above.

i-motion playback tone LL○※3

Video playback tone LL○

PC movie playback tone LL○

MUSIC Player playback tone LL○

Music&Video Channel playback tone LL○

Alarm tone Alarm preferred ○※4○※4○

Operation preferred L※5L※5L※5

Mail ring tone Alarm preferred LL○

Operation preferred L※5L※5L※5

Connected service

HSP HFP A2DP

Information

pRefer to the instruction manual for a Bluetooth device as well.

427

Convenient Functions

Notes on using Bluetooth devices

■Observe the following to make a good connection:

pThe distance between your mobile phone and another Bluetooth device must be

within 10 meters under line-of-sight conditions. The allowable connection distance

may be shorter, depending on the ambient environment (such as walls or furniture)

and the structure of a building. When there are any obstructions between the FOMA

phone and Bluetooth device, the allowable connection distance may also be shorter.

Particularly, if there is a wall or floor of reinforced concrete between them, they may

be unable to connect with each other. Above mentioned connection distance is not

guaranteed.

pDuring connection, keep Bluetooth devices as possible as away from other electric

devices (such as home electric appliances, AV devices, OA devices). (The Bluetooth

device is liable to be adversely affected by a microwave oven so keep as possible as

away from the microwave oven.) Otherwise, normal connection cannot be performed

when electric devices are powered on or Bluetooth devices may cause noises or a

reception failure on a television or radio set (television images may degrade for

particular channels of UHF or satellite broadcasting).

pIf there is a broadcast station or radio near a Bluetooth device to which you want to

connect, your FOMA phone may be unable to connect with the Bluetooth device. In

such a case, move the Bluetooth device to a place where connection is possible.

Strong radio waves may prevent connection between Bluetooth devices.

pWith a Bluetooth device put in your bag or pocket, you can make a wireless

connection. However, if the Bluetooth device and FOMA phone is separated by your

body, communication speed might be lowered or noise could result.

■Radio interference with wireless LANs

Bluetooth devices use the same frequency band (2.4GHz) as wireless LANs

(IEEE802.11b/g). Therefore, if a Bluetooth device is used near a wireless LAN device,

radio interference may cause lowering of the communication speed, noise or

connection fail. In this case, take the following measures:

pKeep your FOMA phone and the wireless connection-target Bluetooth device away

from the wireless LAN device 10 meters or more.

pWhen you use them within a distance of 10 meters, turn off the power to the wireless

LAN device.

■Radio waves generated from the Bluetooth device may possibly give an

adverse effect on electronic medical appliances.

As an accident could result in some cases, make sure that you turn off the power to

the FOMA phone and Bluetooth devices in places as shown below:

・On trains ・In airplanes ・In hospitals

・Nearby automatic doors or fire alarms

・In places such as gas stations where flammable gas is generated

You can register a Bluetooth device to the FOMA phone. You can register

up to 10 Bluetooth devices.

1mLifeKitBluetoothDevice list

YES

The Bluetooth devices around the FOMA phone are

searched.

You need to place the Bluetooth device to be registered

on standby for registration beforehand.

Up to 20 searched devices are listed on the Device list.

pYou can search for Bluetooth devices also by pressing

l( ) from the Device list.

pWhen any Bluetooth devices have already been registered, Device list is

displayed and those registered ones are displayed.

2Select a Bluetooth device to be registeredYES

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

3Select the text box for entering the

Bluetooth passkey

Enter the Bluetooth passkeySet

pYou can enter up to 16 half-pitch alphanumeric

characters.

pFor the Bluetooth passkey, refer to the instruction

manual for the Bluetooth device.

428

Convenient Functions

4Select a service to be connected.

The Bluetooth device is connected and “ (blue)” blinks.

When no communication with the Bluetooth device is

made for a certain period of time, your FOMA phone is

placed in low power consumption mode, and “ (black)”

stays on.

pWhen you use the Bluetooth device which is able to

connect multiple services, the confirmation display appears asking whether to

connect another service in succession.

p“ (blue)” is displayed during connection, “ (gray)” is displayed on standby

for connection next to the service name.

pIf you select “Dial-up”, the FOMA phone is placed on standby for connection.

pTo disconnect, select the connected service and select “YES”.

pSee “Place the Bluetooth Devices on Standby for Connection” on page 429 for

how to cancel the service on standby.

You can connect the registered Bluetooth device to the FOMA phone.

1mLifeKitBluetoothDevice list

Select a Bluetooth device to be connected

Select a service to be connected.

pSee step 4 on page 428 for

details.

Service Selection

display

Information

pWhen 10 Bluetooth devices have already been registered, the confirmation display

appears asking whether to overwrite them. When you select “YES”, the Bluetooth

device that is not protected, or not set for “Preferred device” and with the oldest

communication date/time, except in communicating or in standby state, is overwritten.

pYou cannot activate Bluetooth function during Self Mode.

Connect to Bluetooth Device

Device list Service Selection

display

■Device list

Device class

Following icons are displayed according to the type

of Bluetooth device:

“”, “”, “”, “”, “”, “”, “”

Device name

The name of Bluetooth device is displayed.

When no name is detected by search, the Bluetooth

address is displayed.

Connecting status

：Being connected ：Not connected

：Not detected ：Not registered

Protect

Displayed when the registered contents are protected.

Profile state

The state of each profile is displayed in color.









Device list

Mark Character

color

Background

color

Frame

color Status

Blue Gray None Not connected (unregistered)

Blue Gray Blue Not connected (registered)

White Green None Being connected

Green White Green Standby for connection

White Light green None Preferred device

Gray Gray None Not supported

Information

pWhen the Bluetooth device is turned off or when the Bluetooth device does not

respond while a connection is being established or being disconnected, it takes

maximum about 110 seconds for processing.

pWhen your FOMA phone is connected using the Headset service, Hands-free

service, Audio service, or Dial-up Communication service, and is disconnected from

the Bluetooth device, the FOMA phone is placed on standby for connection. Also,

your FOMA phone is placed on standby for connection the next time the power is

turned on after the FOMA phone is turned off while it is connected or is on standby for

connection.

429

Convenient Functions

Function Menu of the Device List

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Go to step 3 on page 427.

Preferred device You can set a Bluetooth device to be connected taking priority

over other devices when a call comes in. You can set this for the

Headset service compatible Bluetooth device only.

pWhen you already set another Bluetooth device for “Preferred

device”, that setting is canceled, and the selected Bluetooth

device is set for the priority device.

pTo release it, perform the same operation.

Protect/release You can protect the registered Bluetooth device so that it is not

deleted or overwritten. You can protect up to five devices.

pTo release it, perform the same operation.

Change device

name

You can change the name of the registered Bluetooth device.

Enter a device name.

pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch characters.

Delete You can delete the registered Bluetooth device.

YES

Description You can display the device name, Bluetooth address, device

class, and supported profile.

Add desktop icon See page 127.

Information

pWhen you select a registered Bluetooth device, the registered profile is updated.

(When the device name has been changed, the profile is retained as it is.) When you

select a profile that is different from the registered one, the profile is added and then

registered.

pEven when Preferred Device is set, you cannot connect that device unless the

Headset service is placed on standby for connection. When other Bluetooth device is

connected with the Headset service, the Bluetooth device that is being connected has

priority.

pYou cannot delete when the status of Bluetooth device is during connection or on

standby for connection.

You can place the connecting state of all the registered Bluetooth

devices on standby for connection.

1mLifeKitBluetoothAccept registered

Put a check mark for the services to be placed on

standbyl()

pTo release, remove the check mark and press l().

pDuring standby, “ (blue)” lights.

You can suspend services that are connecting, or are on standby for

connection, and can suspend off the Bluetooth function of the FOMA

phone.

1mLifeKitBluetoothBluetooth power OFFYES

pYou can activate the previously-connected standby for Bluetooth connection by

mLifeKitBluetoothActivate Bluetooth.

You can talk or communicate by connecting the FOMA phone wirelessly

with a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer or car

navigation system and others. For details, refer to “Preparing Bluetooth

Communication” on the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.

You can make a call wirelessly when the FOMA phone is connected to a

Bluetooth device using Headset service or Hands-free service.

1Connect a Bluetooth device using Headset service or

Hands-free service.

pSee page 428 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.

Place the Bluetooth Devices on Standby for Connection

Suspend the Bluetooth Function of the FOMA Phone

Accept Dialup Devices

Make a Call Using Bluetooth Device

430

Convenient Functions

2Make/Receive a call via the Bluetooth device.

“ ” is displayed during a call via the Bluetooth device.

pFor operations from a Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device.

Press and hold h for at least one second during a call.

pDuring a call with the FOMA phone while connecting using Headset service, you can

switch only from the Bluetooth device.

pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device you use.

pYou cannot talk over a Bluetooth device while USB Hands-free compatible device or

Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) or Flat-plug AV Output Cable

(option) is connected even if you switch to the Bluetooth device.

pYou cannot switch to a Bluetooth device while Remote Monitoring is activated.

Selecting whether to talk over the FOMA phone or a Bluetooth

device

Information

pWhen a call comes in while the Bluetooth device is connected using Headset service

or Hands-free service, the ring tone sounds from the Bluetooth device even if Manner

Mode is activated or “Ring volume” is set to “Silent” on the FOMA phone.

pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, you cannot adjust the sound volume of the

Bluetooth device by adjusting that on your FOMA phone.

pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, the call state does not change by closing the

FOMA phone regardless of the setting of “Setting when closed”.

pWhen the Bluetooth communication is disconnected during a call on the Bluetooth

device, the call state follows the setting of “Disconnection settings”. However, when it

is disconnected while the FOMA phone is closed and “Disconnection settings” is set

to “Continue on the phone”, the call shifts to the state as specified by “Setting when

closed”. When “Setting when closed” is set to “End the call”, the call shifts to “No tone”

state.

When you connect your FOMA phone to a Bluetooth device using Audio

service, you can output the audio of 1Seg programs from the Bluetooth

device.

1Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio service.

pSee page 428 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.

2Watch a 1Seg program.

The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.

pWhen the confirmation display appears asking whether to start the output to the

Bluetooth device, select “YES”.

pOnce you connect the FOMA phone to the Bluetooth device using Audio service,

a connection history is stored. When the connection history is found, the FOMA

phone tries to connect to the Bluetooth device automatically for watching a 1Seg

program even if it is not connected using Audio service. When the connection is

successfully completed, the audio is output from the Bluetooth device. When the

connection fails, the confirmation display appears asking whether to output audio

from the FOMA phone.

The connection history is overwritten each time the Bluetooth device is connected

using Audio service.

pFor operations from a Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device.

Play Back Audio of 1Seg Programs Using Bluetooth

Device

Information

pYou can play back the audio of 1Seg programs only on an A2DP compatible

Bluetooth device that supports copyrighting by the SCMS-T. Open first the 1Seg

viewer display, and then operate Wireless Earphone Set P01. If you have been

operating Wireless Earphone Set P01 before you open the display, the audio might

not be played back.

pWhile you are playing back the audio from a 1Seg program via a Bluetooth device,

you cannot adjust the sound volume of the Bluetooth device by adjusting that on your

FOMA phone.

pYou cannot play back the audio from the Bluetooth device when the Flat-plug Stereo/

Earphone Set (option) or Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is

connected.

431

Convenient Functions

When you connect your FOMA phone to a Bluetooth device using Audio

service, you can output the sound of moving images or video, music via

MUSIC Player, etc., from the Bluetooth device.

1Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio service.

pSee page 428 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.

pIf you connect using Audio service from the Bluetooth device while placing an

Audio service on standby for connection, MUSIC Player starts automatically.

However, it might not start automatically when a display other than Stand-by

display is shown or another function is activated.

pIf the audio from a 1Seg program stops while it is played back on the Bluetooth

device, check your FOMA phone as the possible causes are as follows:

･When the Bluetooth device is disconnected

･When a location provision request of GPS comes in

･When a mail message or Message R/F comes in

･When a PushTalk call comes in

･When the low battery alarm sounds

･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Book program” or “Timer

recording” sounds

In these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected depending on the Bluetooth

device. To resume playback on the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the

Audio service.

Play Back Sound/Music of Moving Image or Video Using

Bluetooth Device

Information

2Play back a moving image, video or music file.

The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.

pWhen the confirmation display appears asking whether to start output to the

Bluetooth device, select “YES”.

pOnce you connect the FOMA phone to the Bluetooth device using Audio service,

a connection history is stored. When the connection history is found, the FOMA

phone tries to connect to the Bluetooth device automatically for playing back a file

even if it is not connected using Audio service. When a connection is successfully

completed, the sound is output from the Bluetooth device. When the connection

fails, the confirmation display appears asking whether to output sound from the

FOMA phone. However, it cannot connect to automatically for playing back an

i-motion movie.

The connection history is overwritten each time the Bluetooth device is connected

using Audio service.

pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device you use.

Information

pYou can play back the audio of video file only on an A2DP compatible Bluetooth

device that supports copyrighting by the SCMS-T. Open first the Video Playback

display, and then operate Wireless Earphone Set P01. If you have been operating

Wireless Earphone Set P01 before you open the display, the sound might not be

played back.

pWhile you are playing back the sound of a moving image, video, or music file from a

Bluetooth device, you cannot adjust the sound volume by adjusting that on your

FOMA phone.

pEven when you are using Play Background for MUSIC Player or Music&Video

Channel, the remote-control operation for Bluetooth device is available.

pYou cannot play back the audio from the Bluetooth device when the Flat-plug Stereo/

Earphone Set (option) or Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is

connected.

432

Convenient Functions

1mLifeKitBluetoothBluetooth settings

Do the following operations.

pYou cannot operate during a call or data communication.

pIf the sound of a moving image, video, or music file stops while it is played back on the

Bluetooth device, check your FOMA phone as the possible causes are as follows:

･When the Bluetooth device is disconnected

･When a location provision request of GPS comes in

･When a mail message or Message R/F comes in

･When a PushTalk call comes in

･When the low battery alarm sounds

･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Book program” or “Timer

recording” sounds

In these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected depending on the Bluetooth

device. To resume playback on the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the

Audio service.

Bluetooth Settings

Information

Item Operation/Explanation

Set authentications You can set whether to set authentication when sending a

Phonebook entry via a Bluetooth device. If you set to “ON”, set

whether to encrypt the data.

ON or OFFON or OFF

Session number

setting

You can set whether to enter the password for sending all

Phonebook entries.

ON or OFF

Time-out to search You can set the time for searching for Bluetooth communication

compatible devices around the FOMA phone.

Enter a device search time (seconds).

pEnter two-digit numerals as in “05” through “20”.

Forward ring tone You can set whether to send a ring tone for the voice call and

videophone call to the connected Headset or Hands-free device.

When the device is specified as “Preferred device”, connection is

made to send the ring tone even if the device is on standby.

ON or OFF

Disconnection

settings

You can select whether to end talking or continue talking on the

FOMA phone when Bluetooth communication is disconnected

while talking through the Headset or Hands-free device.

End the call or Continue on the phone

Dial from headset You can set whether to make a call by pressing the switch on the

Headset.

Valid or Invalid

Bluetooth info You can display the device name, Bluetooth address, device

class, and supported profiles of Bluetooth function mounted on

the FOMA phone. You can change the device name.

pTo change the device name, press l( ), enter the

device name. You can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch

characters.

Item Operation/Explanation

Information

pWhile a Bluetooth device to which Phonebook entries are sent is connected using a

service other than Object Push, the Phonebook entries are sent with authentication

and with encryption regardless of this setting.

pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device is connected or on standby for

connection.

pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device using the Headset service or

Hands-free service is connected or on standby.

pIf you select a pictograph for the device name, it might not be correctly displayed

depending on the destination Bluetooth device.

433

Convenient Functions

You can reset the items indicated by of “Function List” to their

default. (See page 482)

1mSettingsOther settingsReset settings

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

+m-2-3

Resetting Function Settings

Information

pYou cannot execute “Reset settings” while a Bluetooth device is connected or on

standby for connection.

pYou cannot execute “Reset settings” during IC Card Lock while “PIM/IC security

mode” is set to “Face reader” or “Double security”.

pAfter you execute “Reset settings”, the tickers are not displayed. Then, when the

information is automatically updated or you press +Zo to receive the latest

information, the tickers automatically flow.

You can delete the stored data and reset the setting contents of each

function to the default.

See “Function List” for the setting at purchase. (See page 482)

pThe pre-installed data files are not deleted.

pThe pre-installed i-αppli programs are not deleted.

pThe data files stored in the pre-installed i-αppli programs are deleted. However, the

data files stored in Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli programs are not deleted.

pThe protected data files are also deleted.

pAll the stored data files are deleted regardless of the mode of 2in1.

pEven if you have deleted the pre-installed data items, they are restored when you

execute “Initialize”. However, if you delete the pre-installed i-αppli programs, they are

not restored.

pCharge the battery full before initializing the FOMA phone. When the battery level is not

enough, you may not be able to initialize the FOMA phone.

pDuring initialization, never turn off the power of the FOMA phone.

pYou cannot use other functions during initialization. Also, you cannot receive calls or

mail messages.

1mSettingsOther settingsInitialize

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYES

When initializing ends, the power automatically turns off and then turns on and the

“Initial setting” display appears.

Deleting Stored Data All at Once

Information

pYou cannot execute “Initialize” while a Bluetooth device is connected or on standby for

connection.

pYou cannot execute “Initialize” during IC Card Lock while “PIM/IC security mode” is

set to “Face reader” or “Double security”.

pYou cannot delete the data saved to, stored in, or set for the UIM or the microSD

card.

pYou cannot delete the setting of data communication set by a personal computer.

434

Convenient Functions

pTo restore the i-αppli programs, download them from the “P-SQUARE” site. For

downloading, you are charged an additional communication fee.

pAfter you execute “Initialize”, the tickers are not displayed. Then, when the information

is automatically updated or you press +Zo to receive the latest information, the tickers

automatically flow.

pAfter you initialize the FOMA phone, you cannot automatically obtain Music&Video

Channel programs. Access the Setting Confirmation display from the Music&Video

Channel menu to reflect the program setting.

pInitialization may take a while if the data to be deleted is bulky.

Information

435

Character Entry

Entering Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Character Entry> 436

Entering Characters in Mode 1 (5-touch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Mode 1 (5-touch)> 436

Using Common Phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Common Phrases> 441

Cutting/Copying/Pasting Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

Storing Words in Own Dictionary. . . . . . . . . <Own Dictionary> 442

Using Learned Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Using Downloaded Dictionary . . . . . . <Download Dictionary> 443

Entering Characters in Mode 2 (2-touch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Mode 2 (2-touch)> 444

Entering Characters in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)> 444

For details on “Kuten Code List”, refer to the PDF version of “Kuten Code List” on the provided CD-ROM or DoCoMo web page.

To see the PDF version of “Kuten Code List”, you need to have Adobe® Reader®. If it is not installed in your personal computer, install Adobe®

Reader® from the provided CD-ROM to see it.

For details such as how to use it, refer to “Adobe Reader Help”.

436

Character Entry

The FOMA phone is provided with many functions that require to enter

characters such as when creating the Phonebook or composing mail

messages.

On the Character Entry (Edit) display, the information of character input

method, input mode, and the remaining number of characters and others

are displayed.

Character input method

：Mode 2 (2-touch)

：Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

pNot displayed in Mode 1 (5-touch).

Input mode

abc：Alphabet input mode

123：Numeral input mode

漢：Kanji/Hiragana input mode

カナ

：Katakana input mode

Full/Half-pitch

1/1：Full-pitch input mode

1/2：Half-pitch input mode

Remaining/Maximum bytes that can be entered

p“Number of entered characters” might be displayed depending on the function.

Entering Characters

Character Entry Display

 



Three types of character input methods are available as shown below:

Mode 1 (5-touch) . . . . . . . . . See page 436

Multiple characters are assigned to a single key. Each time you press the key,

characters switch.

Mode 2 (2-touch) . . . . . . . . . See page 444

Enter characters by pairs of numerals.

Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) . . . . . . See page 444

Enter characters by pairs of numerals.

1mSettingsOther settingsCharacter input method

Input modePut a check mark for modes to be used

l()

pSelect at least two modes.

2Select a priority mode.

pSelect a mode you use preferentially from modes selected in step 1.

Press and hold l( ) for at least one second, or select “Char. input/dict.” and then

select “Change input mode” from the Function menu.

In the step for entering characters, press l( ) to switch input

modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on

the function you enter.

You can enter characters by using Prediction Conversion which converts

the entered few words into the predicted ones and Context Forecast

which displays the next conversion candidates inferred from the relation

between words.

pThe FOMA phone increases prediction conversion candidates and context forecast

candidates by learning characters.

+m-3-5

Select Character Input Method

Switching modes on the Character Entry (Edit) display

Entering Characters in Mode 1 (5-touch)

Enter Characters

437

Character Entry

<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.

The Character Entry (Edit) display appears in prediction conversion mode when

“Predict” is set to “ON”, and appears in ordinary conversion mode when set to

“OFF”.

2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

た→ Press 4 once and Vo once.

だ→ Press 4 once and a once.

の→ Press 5 five times.

か→ Press 2 once.

し→ Press 3 twice.

pYou can enter up to 24 characters at a time. However,

when “Predict” is set to “ON”,

if you enter 6 or more characters, the conversion mode is automatically switched

to the ordinary conversion mode.

pWhen a character on the same key comes after a character, press Vo to move

the cursor, and enter the next character.

If you set “Character set time”, you can omit the operation to move the cursor.

pTo switch between uppercase and lowercase, press d after you have entered

characters.

pEach time you press c( ), characters are displayed in reverse order.

pIf you set “Predict” to “ON”, each time you press l, ordinary conversion mode

and prediction conversion mode switch.

pYou can press i( ) to display the candidate list of alphanumeric or

katakana characters. Depending on the entered character, the conversion

candidates for date/time are displayed.

pWhen “ ” is displayed while editing the i-mode mail text, you can press

m( ) to display the candidate list of Deco-mail pictograms.

pTo fix a character as it is without conversion, press Oo().

3Use Co to move the cursor onto “の”.

pThe conversion mode is automatically switched to the ordinary conversion mode.

4Use Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list

Use Mo to highlight “タダの” and press Oo().

pBy pressing m()/c( ), you can scroll the candidate list page by

page.

pWhen you press r while you are selecting a conversion candidate, the

Character Entry (Edit) display returns.

pPress c( ) to fix the whole paragraph.

5Use Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list

Use Mo to highlight “菓子” and pressOo().

The selected characters are fixed.

pWhen the character strings that are assumed to be the context forecast

candidates are found after fixing the characters, that context forecast candidates

are displayed. Press Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list to enter the

context forecast candidates.

pWhen you press r while you are selecting the context forecast candidates,

the Character Entry (Edit) display returns.

Information

pThe learning function stores up to 1,000 words, and the character of a high conversion

rate goes up in the character order list.

pThe candidate character strings are displayed from characters converted as usual

and from a dictionary downloaded from sites.

・Only a small number of character strings are registered by default so candidate

characters might not be displayed in some cases. By doing the character conversion

as usual, the converted characters are added to the candidate characters.

・You can download a dictionary from sites and add candidate characters from the

dictionary. However, when you delete the downloaded dictionary, the added

candidate characters are also deleted from the existing candidate characters. (See

page 185 and page 443)

pIn the candidate list of Deco-mail pictograms, only the pre-installed Deco-mail

pictograms are displayed, and the downloaded Deco-mail pictograms are not

displayed. Even if you delete the pre-installed Deco-mail pictograms and re-download

them, they are not displayed in the candidate list.

pYou can use Prediction Conversion and Context Forecast with 2-touch and

NIKO-touch in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

pThe number of kanji characters that you can convert to is limited so you might not be

able to convert to some kanji characters. You can use Kuten Code to enter kanji

characters that you cannot convert to. The number of characters you can enter is

6355 in the JIS level-1 and level-2 kanji sets.

pPart of a complicated kanji character is deformed or left out.

438

Character Entry

On the Character Entry display, the number of remaining

characters and the maximum number of characters you can

enter are displayed in bytes. (The number of entered characters

is displayed by unit of characters, depending on the function

such as entering SMS text.)

The number of characters in the Character Entry (Edit) display is

counted according to the following rules:

pOne half-pitch character is counted as one byte and one

full-pitch character as two bytes.

pFull pitch: あいうえお 5 characters (counted as 10 bytes)

Half pitch:

アイウエオカキクケコ

10 characters (counted as 10 bytes)

When entering characters, pay attention to the combination of characters.

<Example> When you are entering “

ドコモ

” in half-pitch Katakana input mode and

“の携帯電話” in Kanji/Hiragana input mode

ト゛コモ

の携帯電話

1111 22222

pThe number of characters that appears on the display is 9 and counted as 14 bytes

that equal 14 half-pitch characters.

pHalf-pitch character “゛” and “゜” are counted as one character.

Numbers of remaining characters and entered characters

Combination of characters

Other Entry Functions

Item Operation/Explanation

Katakana input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Katakana input

modePress keys to enter characters.

Alphanumeric

input

Press l( ) a few times to switch to Alphabet input

modePress keys to enter characters.

Numeral input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Numeral input

mode Press keys to enter numerals.

Line feed Press c().

pWhen the cursor is at the end of text and characters are fixed,

you can press Xo to break a line.

1Move the cursor to the left of the character you want to

correctr

The character at the right of the cursor is deleted.

Press and hold r for at least one second to delete all characters on and after

the cursor.

pWhen no character is found to the right side of the cursor, the character to the left

side of the cursor is deleted. Press and hold r for at least one second to

delete all characters.

2Enter a correct character.

The character is entered in the position of the cursor.

When the battery alarm sounds

The data you have been editing is automatically fixed and saved. Charge the battery or

replace it with a new charged battery to resume editing. However, you cannot save the

unfixed data being converted.

When you press h

The confirmation display appears asking whether to discard the data you are editing.

When a call or mail comes in

The Multitask function works, so the data you are editing is retained, and you can answer

the call or receive the mail.

You can return to the data edit display by switching menu, by pressing and holding x

for at least one second. You can return to the data edit display also by ending the call or

mail function.

Smiley input Enter “かお”Use Bo to move the cursor onto the

candidate listUse Mo to select a smiley.

pSmileys are stored in the pre-installed common phrases.

Item Operation/Explanation

Information

pA line feed is counted as one full-pitch character.

pYou cannot break a line depending on the function such as editing in the text box for

i-mode.

Correct Characters

Data you are editing

439

Character Entry

You can set whether to display the prediction conversion/context

forecast candidates in the candidate list.

1mSettingsOther settings

Character input methodPredictON or OFF

You can set whether to store the characters converted in Secret Mode or

Secret Data Only as learned words.

1mSettingsOther settings

Character input methodInt.with secret

Enter your Terminal Security CodeON or OFF

pSee page 200 for the Function menu of the Message Entry display.

+m-3-5

Predict

+m-3-5

Intelligent with Secret

Function Menu while Entering (Editing) Characters

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Full pitch/Half pitch You can switch between full pitch and half pitch.

Copy See page 442.

Cut See page 442.

Paste See page 442.

Undo You can undo the fixed, deleted, cut, or pasted text. You can

undo the operation up to 10 times. However, you can undo the

fixing of characters only once.

pYou can undo the operation also by pressing m().

Pictograph/

symbols

(Pictograph)

You can enter pictographs while showing them on the display.



Pictograph



Highlight a pictograph and press

l().

Repeat the above step and enter other pictographs

consecutively.

pYou can display the Pictograph list also by pressing a in

Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

pPress c to switch the pictograph lists in order of “Pictograph

1” → “Pictograph 2” → “Decomail-pictograph”

[お気に入り (Favorite) through 文字 (Characters)]. However,

you can enter “Decomail-pictograph” [お気に入り (Favorite)

through 文字 (Characters)] only while editing the i-mode mail

text. Press m to switch them in the reverse order.

pYou can select a pictograph also by pressing a column number

(number to the left) and then a row number (number at the top).

pPress i( ) to display the Symbol list.

pPress d to switch between the Pictograph list Full display

and ordinary input display.

Oo()

The selected pictograph is entered and the Character Entry (Edit)

display returns.

Pictograph/

symbols

(Symbols)

You can enter symbols while showing them on the display.

SymbolsHighlight a symbol and press l().

Repeat the above step and enter other symbols consecutively.

pYou can display the Symbol list also by pressing and holding

s for at least one second.

pPress c to switch the symbol lists in order of Half-pitch

symbols → Full-pitch symbols. Press m to switch them in the

reverse order.

pYou can select a symbol also by pressing a column number

(number to the left) and then a row number (number at the top).

pPress i( ) to display the Pictograph list.

pPress d to switch between the Symbol list Full display and

ordinary input display.

Oo()

The selected symbol is entered and the Character Entry (Edit)

display returns.

Function menu Operation/Explanation

440

Character Entry

Pictograph/

symbols

(Space)

You can enter a full-pitch space in full-pitch input mode, and a

half-pitch space in half-pitch input mode.

Space

pWhen the cursor is at the end of text, you can enter a space

also by pressing Vo.

Phrase/code/quote

(Common phrases)

Common phrasesSelect a folder

Select a common phrase.

pIn the mode other than numeral input mode, you can bring up

the folder list for common phrases also by pressing and holding

a for at least one second.

Phrase/code/quote

(Kuten code)

You can enter characters, numerals, and symbols on the Kuten

Code list (see the PDF version of “Kuten Code List” on the

provided CD-ROM).

You can operate in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

Kuten codeEnter a four-digit Kuten code.

A character that matches the entered Kuten code is displayed,

and the former input mode returns.

pWhen a character that matches the entered Kuten code is not

found, a space is inserted.

Phrase/code/quote

(Input time)

Input timeSelect a format for entering the date/time

Enter the date/time.

pYou can enter the date/time using the numeric keys.

pYou can enter years 1800 through 2099.

Phrase/code/quote

(Quote phonebook)

You can access and quote Phonebook entries. The following are

the items you can quote:

Name, reading, phone number, mail address, postal address,

birthday, memorandums

Name, reading, phone number, mail address

Quote phonebookSearch the Phonebook

Select a Phonebook entry

Put a check mark for items to be quotedl()

Phrase/code/quote

(Quote own data)

You can access and quote your personal information. The

following are the items you can quote:

Name, reading, phone number, mail address, postal address,

birthday, memorandums

Quote own dataEnter your Terminal Security Code

Put a check mark for items to be quotedl()

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Phrase/code/quote

(Bar code reader)

You can start Bar Code Reader. (See page 165)

Bar code reader

Char. input/dict.

(Own dictionary)

You can store the words in own dictionary. (See page 442)

Own dictionary

Char. input/dict.

(Learned words)

See page 443.

Char. input/dict.

(Change input

mode)

You can switch the character input methods.

Change input modeSelect an input mode.

pYou cannot select the input mode that is not selected in “Input

mode” of “Character input method” (see page 436).

Char. input/dict.

(Candid. disp. size)

See “Character input (Candid. disp. size)” on page 129.

Char. input/dict.

(Predict)

See page 439.

Char. input/dict.

(Candidate display)

You can select whether to use context forecast candidates.

Candidate displayON or OFF

Char. input/dict.

(Character set time)

You can select whether to automatically fix the entered

characters while you are entering characters in Mode 1 (5-touch).

In addition, you can specify the time until characters are fixed.

You can omit the operation of pressing Vo to move the cursor for

the entry of characters on the same key.

Character set timeFast, Normal, Slow, or OFF

Char. input/dict.

(2/NIKO-touch

guide)

You can select whether to list character conversion candidates at

the lower part of the display when you press the first-digit key

while you are entering characters in Mode 2 (2-touch) or Mode 3

(NIKO-touch).

2/NIKO-touch guideON or OFF

Help You can check the operating procedures for entering characters.

Select an item.

Function menu Operation/Explanation

441

Character Entry

JUMP You can move the cursor to the top or end of text.

To beginning or To end

pWhen the Character Entry (Edit) display ranges over multiple

pages, the cursor moves to the beginning or end of the page.

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Information

pWhen you switch to half-pitch mode in Kanji/Hiragana input mode of NIKO-touch, the

input mode switches to half-pitch Katakana input mode.

pYou might not be able to enter pictographs depending on the Character Entry (Edit)

display.

pOnce you have entered pictographs, “History” appears first.

pUp to 27 records of the pictographs entered in Pictograph 1 and Pictograph 2 and up

to 36 records of Deco-mail pictogram are displayed on “History”. However, up to 18

records are displayed when the 1Seg viewer display appears below the Message

Composition display.

pYou can enter up to 20 Deco-mail pictograms. When you insert other images,

however, the number of Deco-mail pictograms that can be entered is reduced by the

number of inserted images.

pYou can enter “＋” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one second in Numeral

input mode.

pYou might not be able to enter some symbols depending on the Character Entry (Edit)

display.

pOnce you have entered symbols, “History” appears first.

pUp to 27 records of the symbols entered in half-pitch and up to 36 records in full-pitch

are displayed on “History”. However, up to 18 records are displayed when the 1Seg

viewer display appears below the Message Composition display.

pYou might not be able to enter common phrases depending on the Character Entry

(Edit) display.

pIn Japanese Mode, the called-up contents of common phrases pre-installed in the

FOMA phone differ depending on the input mode.

pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or “-” of the postal code.

pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or “-” of the postal code.

pThe personal data of Number A is quoted in A Mode of 2in1, the personal data of

Number B is quoted in B Mode, and the personal data of both Number A and Number

B is quoted in Dual Mode.

You can call up and enter, on the Character Entry (Edit) display, the

common phrases pre-installed in the FOMA phone, or your own created

common phrases.

The common phrases are sorted into five folders and each folder

contains 10 of them. You can edit the pre-installed common phrases to

save as your own common phrases.



Stationery



Common phrase/dic.

Common phrasesSelect a folder.

2Select a common

phrase.

<Char. input/dict. (Character set time)>

pYou might not be able to enter characters as you like depending on this setting and

your speed of operating keys.

+m-3-8

Using Common Phrases

Display Common Phrases

Information

Common Phrase

Folder list

Common Phrase list Common Phrase

display

Information

pDo not use half-pitch katakana characters and pictographs for your own common

phrases used for composing mail. They might not be correctly displayed. (Pictographs

can be used between i-mode mail messages.)

pIn Japanese Mode, the common phrases pre-installed in the “あいさつ (Greeting)”

and “ビジネス (Business)” folders are called up as kanji/hiragana common phrases in

Kanji/Hiragana input mode and called up as half-pitch katakana common phrases in

other input mode.

442

Character Entry

You can cut or copy up to 5,000 full-pitch/10,000 half-pitch characters.

1Character Entry (Edit) displayi()

Cut or CopySelect a start point.

pYou can press i( ) to select all characters.

2Select an end point.

Function Menu of the Common Phrase Folder List

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Edit folder name Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

pWhen you delete all the characters entered as a folder name,

the folder name is reset to the default.

Reset name You can reset the folder name to the default.

YES

Function Menu of the Common Phrase List/Common

Phrase Display

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Edit Enter a common phrase.

pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.

pWhen you delete all the characters in a common phrase, the

common phrase is reset to the default.

pYou can edit a common phrase by pressing l().

Reset this You can reset the common phrase to the default.

YES

Reset all You can reset all the common phrases in the folder to the default.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Cutting/Copying/Pasting Characters

Cut/Copy

You can paste cut or copied characters.

1Character Entry (Edit) display

Move the cursor to a start position for pasting

i()Paste

In Own Dictionary, you can store up to 100 frequently used words with

your favorite reading.

1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.

Own dictionary<New>Enter a word.

pSelect a stored Own dictionary to check the stored contents.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters. However, you cannot

enter line feeds.

2Enter a reading.

pYou can enter up to 10 hiragana characters. Also, you cannot store symbols

other than “Long vowel (ー)”. However, you can store “゛” or “゜” for the words to

which “゛” or “゜” can be attached.

pEven if you enter a space, the word is stored with the space automatically

deleted.

Information

pIf you copy/cut the Deco-mail text during composing and paste it, the information

about the decoration is pasted as well.

pYou might not be able to cut or copy data such as Deco-mail text because the

memory space runs short.

Paste

+m-3-8

Storing Words in Own Dictionary

Function Menu while Own Dictionary is Displayed

Function menu Operation/Explanation

New Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own Dictionary” on page 442.

443

Character Entry

The character strings once you entered are automatically stored and

displayed as the conversion candidates of learned words.

1Function menu while entering (editing) characters

Char. input/dict.Learned wordsSelect a column

Select a record.

pTo delete learned words, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or “Delete

all”, then select “YES”. If you select “Delete all”, you need to enter your Terminal

Security Code.

You can newly create learned words from the subjects and titles of sent

i-mode mail messages stored in your FOMA phone. The learned words

before creation are all deleted.

1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.

Create learned wd listOK

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESOK

Edit Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own Dictionary” on page 442.

pYou can edit also by pressing l().

Delete this YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for own dictionaries to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Information

pWhen you display Own Dictionary from the Function menu of the Character Entry

(Edit) display, select “Delete” from the Function menu, then select “Delete this” or

“Delete all”.

p“Delete selected” does not appear when you display Own Dictionary from the

Function menu of the Character Entry (Edit) display.

Using Learned Words

Checking Learned Words

+m-3-8

Create Learned Word List

You can reset the learned words.

1mSettingsOther settingsCharacter input method

Reset learned words

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

You can make dictionaries downloaded (see page 185) from sites valid.

1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.

Download dictionary

Select a downloaded dictionary.

The downloaded dictionary you have selected is validated and indicated by “★”.

pTo invalidate a downloaded dictionary, perform the same operation.

pYou can delete the pre-installed dictionaries. You can re-download them from the

“P-SQUARE” site (see page 186). When you use a UIM other than the one used

for downloading, the UIM restrictions (see page 40) are set to them.

+m-3-5

Reset Learned Words

+m-3-8

Using Downloaded Dictionary

Function Menu while Downloaded Dictionary is Displayed

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Edit title Edit the title.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Set dictionary You can set the dictionary valid/invalid. Each time you operate,

valid and invalid switch.

Dictionary info You can display the dictionary title and version.

Delete this YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Information

pIf you delete all the characters entered as a title, the title is reset to the default.

444

Character Entry

When you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit numerals, a

character (symbol) that corresponds to the numerals is entered. Press

the first key to list candidate characters (symbols) at the lower part of the

display. To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/NIKO-touch

guide” to “ON” in advance.

pSee page 502 for how characters are assigned to the numeric keys (2-touch).

pSee page 436 for switching to “2-touch”.

Press l( ) from the Character Entry (Edit) display to switch input

modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on

the function you enter.

<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.

The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.

2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

た→41

だ→41, a

の→55

か→21

し→32

pTo enter “゛” or “゜”, enter the character and then press a.

pPress 80 to switch between uppercase and lowercase. You can switch

uppercase and lowercase also by entering the character that can be switched

between uppercase and lowercase and pressing d.

After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on page 437.

Entering Characters in Mode 2 (2-touch)

Switch Input Modes (2-touch)

Enter Characters

When you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit numerals, a

character (symbol) that corresponds to the numerals is entered. Press

the first key to list candidate characters (symbols) at the lower part of the

display. To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/NIKO-touch

guide” to “ON” in advance.

pSee page 503 for how characters are assigned to the numeric keys (NIKO-touch).

pSee page 436 for switching to “NIKO-touch”.

Press l( ) from the Character Entry (Edit) display to switch input

modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on

the function you enter.

<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.

The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.

2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

た→41

だ→41, a

の→55

か→21

し→32

pTo enter “゛” or “゜”, enter the character and then press a.

pEnter the character that can be switched between uppercase and lowercase and

press d; then you can switch.

After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on page 437.

Entering Characters in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

Switch Input Modes (NIKO-touch)

Enter Characters

445

Network Services

Checking New Voice Mail Messages

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Check New Messages> 446

Using Voice Mail Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Voice Mail> 446

Using Call Waiting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Waiting> 448

Using Call Forwarding Service . . . . . . . . . . <Call Forwarding> 450

Using Nuisance Call Blocking Service

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Nuisance Call Blocking> 451

Using Caller ID Display Request Service

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Caller ID Request> 452

Using Dual Network Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Dual Network> 452

Switching Guidance Language between Japanese and English

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <English Guidance> 453

Using Service Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Service Numbers> 453

Selecting Response to Incoming Calls during a Call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Arrival Call Act> 454

Setting Remote Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Remote Control> 455

Setting Additional Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multi Number> 455

Using 2in1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <2in1> 456

Using OFFICEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <OFFICEED> 462

Using Additional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . <Additional Service> 462

■ Available Network Services

The following are the DoCoMo network services available from the FOMA phone.

For the outline and usage method of each service, see the reference page in the table below.

pThe network services are not available when you are out of the service area or out of reach of radio waves.

pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

pFor subscriptions and inquiries, contact “DoCoMo Information Center” on the back page of this manual.

”OFFICEED” is a pay service which is available on a subscription basis. For details, visit the DoCoMo-enterprise-oriented web site (http://www.docomo.biz/d/212/). (Japanese only)

p“Deactivate” does not mean that the contract for Voice Mail Service, Call Forwarding Service or other services is canceled.

pYou can store new network services in the menu when they are provided by DoCoMo. (See page 462)

pIn this manual, a brief outline for each network service is described following the procedure using the menus of the FOMA phone.

Service Application Monthly fee Reference

Voice Mail Service Required Charged 446

Call Waiting Service Required Charged 448

Call Forwarding Service Required Free 450

Nuisance Call Blocking Service Not required Free 451

Caller ID Notification Service Not required Free 47

Caller ID Display Request Service Not required Free 452

Dual Network Service Required Charged 452

English Guidance Not required Free 453

Multi Number Required Charged 455

2in1 Required Charged 456

Public Mode (Drive Mode) Not required Free 69

Public Mode (Power Off) Not required Free 70

OFFICEED Required Charged 462

Melody Call Required Charged 110

Service Application Monthly fee Reference

446

Network Services

You can check whether any message is held at the Voice Mail Service

Center.

1mServiceVoice mailCheck new messagesOK

pIf any voice mail message is held, the “Voice mail” icon ( ) and another Voice Mail

icon such as “ ” appear to inform you of the held message.

pTo erase the Voice Mail icon such as “ ”, dial at the Voice Mail Service Center for

saving or erasing the voice mail message or follow the operations of “Erase icon”.

pThe Voice Mail icons switch among , , , etc., and (6 or more messages)

according to the number of the messages held at the Voice Mail Service Center. The

displayed number is the number of messages informed by the guidance when you play

back new messages. Saved messages are not included.

pIf you set “Message notification”, the ring tone sounds each time a message is added.

pSee page 447 for how to play back voice mail messages.

You cannot check voice mail messages. Move to a place where “ ” is cleared.

Checking New Voice Mail Messages

About checked results

When “ ” appears

This service provides an answer message for incoming voice calls/

videophone calls and then holds voice mail messages on behalf of you

when you are in a place where radio waves do not reach, the power is

turned off, or you cannot answer calls.

pWhen Record Message (see page 71) is simultaneously activated and you want to

give Voice Mail Service priority, set its ring time shorter than that for Record Message.

pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or videophone call while Voice Mail

Service is set to “Activate”, the call is recorded as a missed call in “Received calls”, and

the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the Stand-by display.

pVoice Mail Service is valid for voice calls and videophone calls.

pA voice mail message can be recorded for up to three minutes. Twenty messages can

be recorded respectively for voice calls and videophone calls and held at the Center for

up to 72 hours.

pWhen a voice mail message of a videophone call is retained at the Voice Mail Service

Center, you are notified by an SMS message.

pMake a voice call at “1412” to change the Voice Mail setting for videophone calls.

pWhen a Chara-den call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center, DTMF operation

is not available. Switch to “Send DTMF tone” on the Function menu. (See page 76)

pWhen a call comes in while Voice Mail Service is set to “Activate”, the ring tone

(specified by “Select ring tone”) will sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming

calls. See page 447.) If you answer the call within the specified time, you can start

talking. If you do not answer, the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center.

pYou can just press keys to connect an incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center.

Also, you can connect the call that comes in during a call to the Center.

Step 1: Set the service to “Activate”.

Step 2: The caller records a voice/video message.※

Step 3: Play back the message.

※If the caller wants to skip playback of the answer message and record a message

such as when in a hurry, he/she can immediately switch to the recording mode by

pressing “#” while the answer message is played back.

Using Voice Mail Service

Basic Flow of Voice Mail Service

447

Network Services

1mServiceVoice mailDo the following operations.

Use Voice Mail Service

Item Operation/Explanation

Play messages You can play back messages recorded as the Voice Mail.

YESOperate following the voice guidance.

Activate YESYESEnter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.

Deactivate YES

Set ring time You can set the ring time until the call is connected to the Voice

Mail Service Center.

Enter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Voice Mail Service.

Setting You can switch the setting contents of Voice Mail Service.

YESOperate following the voice guidance.

Check new

messages

See page 446.

Message

notification

You can set the ring tone to sound when a new message is

recorded. The ring tone set for “Mail” of “Select ring tone” sounds

for about five seconds.

YES or NO

Erase icon You can erase the Voice Mail icons (such as ) from the

Stand-by display.

YES

Activate notice call By an SMS message, you are informed of the received calls

which came in when you were out of reach of radio waves or the

power was turned off.

Select an item.

All calls . . . . . . . . . . . . Informs you of all received calls.

Calls w/ caller ID . . . . Informs you of only the calls that notified

the phone number.

YES

You can connect an incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center just by

a simple key operation. Even if you do not set Voice Mail Service to

“Activate”, the service will be available using this function.

1During ringingi()Voice mail

pYou can connect the incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center also by

pressing i( ), and pressing s.

Deactivate notice

call

YES

Notice call status You can check the setting contents of notice call.

Item Operation/Explanation

Information

pYou cannot operate during a call.

pIf you press -0 through -9, -a, or -s following the voice guidance, you

may not be able to end the call by pressing -h. In this case, press -h again.

pIf “Set ring time” is set to 0 seconds, the calls are not recorded in Received Calls.

pEven if you erase the Voice Mail icons, the messages held at the Voice Mail Service

Center are not erased.

pEven when you set to reject all SMS messages, you are informed by SMS message

of the received call records.

Forward an Incoming Call to Voice Mail Service Center

during Ringing

448

Network Services

You can automatically connect the calls coming from the phone numbers

stored in the Phonebook to the Voice Mail Service Center regardless of

the Activate/Deactivate setting for the Service.

You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.

This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her phone number.

It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the same time.

1Detailed Phonebook displayi()Restrictions

Enter your Terminal Security CodeVoice mail

“Voice mail” is indicated by “★”.

pTo release “Voice mail”, perform the same operation.

When a call comes in during a call, this service notifies you of it by the

ring tone in call, and enables you to place the current call on hold to

answer the new call.

Further, you can make a call to another person putting the current call on

hold.

pTo use Call Waiting Service, set “Arrival call act” (see page 454) to “Answer” in

advance. When another option is set, you cannot answer a voice call during a voice

call even if you set “Call waiting” to “Activate”.

Forward Specified Calls to Voice Mail Center

Information

pWhen a call comes in from the phone number set with this function, the ring tone

sounds for about one second and then the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service

Center. You will be notified of the call by the icons on the desktop (see page 71 and

page 125) and “Received calls”.

pEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not connected to the Voice Mail

Service Center when you set “Personal data lock” while Voice Mail Service is

deactivated.

Using Call Waiting Service

1mServiceCall waiting

Do the following operations.

You can answer another call putting the current call on hold.

1Another call comes in during a call

d

The current call is automatically put on hold so that you

can receive another call.

p“Multi calling” is displayed when there is the party on

hold.

pEach time you press d, you can switch the parties you can talk with.

Use Call Waiting Service

Item Operation/Explanation

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Call Waiting Service.

Answer an Incoming Call during a Call

Information

pFor an incoming call or communication that is not supported by Call Waiting, press

-d from the Call Receiving display to show the confirmation display telling that you

can answer a new call if you end the current call. Press -h to end the current call,

and then the Call Receiving display appears. When you select “OK”, the Call

Receiving display during a call returns.

pIf a call comes in during a videophone call, the FOMA phone operates as follows:

・The moving image, i-motion movie or Flash movie set as the image for incoming

calls is not displayed.

・A “Pre-installed” substitute image is sent to the other party of the current call.

・The vibrator does not work.

pWhen a voice call comes in while dialing 117, you hear an in-call ring tone but cannot

answer that call. The call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.

449

Network Services

You can answer another call after finishing the current call.

1Another call comes in during a callh

The ring tone sounds. You can answer the new call.

1Another call comes in during a calli()

Do the following operations.

You can make a call to another party putting the current call on hold.

1Enter another party’s phone number

during a calld

You can talk with the party you have dialed.

The call with the first party is automatically put on hold.

p“Multi calling” is displayed when there is the party on

hold.

pEach time you press d, you can switch the parties you can talk with.

End a Call to Answer Another Call

Continue the Current Call

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Call rejection You can reject a new incoming call and resume the current call.

Call forwarding You can forward a new incoming call to the forwarding destination

and resume the current call.

Voice mail You can connect a new incoming call to the Voice Mail Center

and resume the current call.

Information

pIncoming calls are rejected during a videophone call, Remote Monitoring or

answer-hold (On Hold), or while Record Message is working. The “Missed call” icon

appears when the current call ends, and the call is recorded in Received Calls. (The

“Missed call” icon might not appear and the received call record might not be recorded

depending on the contracts and setting for Voice Mail, Call Waiting, and Call

Forwarding Services.)

Hold a Call to Make a New Call

You can answer the held call after finishing the current call.

1During Multi callingh

The ring tone sounds.

2Press d or Oo().

pWhen the other party you have been talking with ends the call, press d to talk

with the party on hold.

1During Multi callingi()End held call

End a Call to Answer the Held Call

End a Held Call

Information

pWhen another call comes in while the current call is put on hold, the held call is

released.

pWhen another call comes in during Multi-calling, the Call Receiving display appears.

Press +i( ) and select “End held call” to end the held call. If you select “End

talk”, you can end the current call.

450

Network Services

This service forwards incoming voice calls/videophone calls when you

are in a place where radio waves do not reach, the power is turned off, or

you do not answer calls within a specified time.

pWhen Record Message (see page 71) or Remote Monitoring (see page 79) is

simultaneously activated and you want to give Call Forwarding Service priority, set its

ring time shorter than that for “Record message setting” or “Remote monitoring”.

pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or videophone call while Call

Forwarding Service is set to “Activate”, the call is stored as a missed call in “Received

calls”, and the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the Stand-by display.

pWhen a call comes in while Call Forwarding Service is set to “Activate”, the ring tone

(specified by “Select ring tone”) will sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming

calls. See page 450.) If you answer the call within the specified time, you can start

talking.

pYou can just press keys to forward incoming calls. Also, you can forward the call that

comes in during a call.

Step 1: Store the phone number of forwarding destination.

Step 2: Set Call Forwarding Service to “Activate”.

Step 3: A call comes into your FOMA phone.

Step 4: The call is automatically forwarded to the specified destination if

you do not answer.

Using Call Forwarding Service

Basic Flow of Call Forwarding Service

1mServiceCall forwarding

Do the following operations.

Use Call Forwarding Service

Item Operation/Explanation

Activate Register fwd numberEnter the phone number of

forwarding destination.

pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search

Phonebook display. (See page 98)

Set ring timeEnter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.

ActivateYES

Deactivate YES

Change forwarding

No.

Enter the phone number of forwarding destination

Select an item.

Change No.

. . . . Select this when Call Forwarding Service is activated.

Change No. +Activate

. . . . Select this while Call Forwarding Service is deactivated and

you want to activate the Service as soon as the forwarding

destination is changed.

pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search

Phonebook display. (See page 98)

Setting if fwd. No.

busy

You can set an incoming call to be connected to the Voice Mail

Service Center when the forwarding destination is busy.

You need to subscribe to Voice Mail Service to use it.

YES

Check setting You can check the phone number and ring time of forwarding

destination.

Information

pIf you answer the call while ringing, the call is not forwarded; you can talk.

pIf you are out of reach of radio waves or the power is turned off, the ring tone does not

sound and the call is automatically forwarded. The call fee from the forwarder to the

forwarding destination is charged for the forwarder who has subscribed for the

service.

451

Network Services

11429d

Operate following the voice guidance.

pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

You can forward an incoming call to the phone number you specified as

a “Forwarding number” by a simple key operation. Even if you do not set

Call Forwarding Service to “Activate”, the service will be available using

this function.

1During ringingi()Call forwarding

You can automatically forward the calls from the specified phone

numbers stored in the Phonebook after the ring tone sounds for about

one second, regardless of the Activate/Deactivate setting for Call

Forwarding Service.

You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.

This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her phone number.

It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the same time.

1Detailed Phonebook displayi()Restrictions

Enter your Terminal Security CodeCall forwarding

“Call forwarding” is indicated by “★”.

pTo release “Call forwarding”, perform the same operation.

pIf the ring time for Call Forwarding Service is set to 0 seconds, the calls are not

recorded in Received Calls.

Set On/Off of Forwarding Guidance

Information

Forward an Incoming Call during Ringing

Forward Specified Calls to Specified Destination

Information

pEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not forwarded when you set

“Personal data lock” while Call Forwarding Service is deactivated.

You can register so as not to receive “nuisance calls” such as crank

calls.

Once you register a phone number for rejection, calls from that phone

number is automatically rejected and the guidance answers the caller.

pWhen a call comes in from the phone number stored for rejection, the ring tone does

not sound. The call is not recorded in Received Calls, either.

■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while Nuisance Call

Blocking Service is activated

For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

1mServiceNuis. call blocking

Do the following operations.

pIf you have not signed up for Call Forwarding Service or have not set the forwarding

destination, the call will be a missed call.

Using Nuisance Call Blocking Service

Information

Service

Handling of incoming calls from the caller rejected as Register Caller

Voice Mail Service Call Rejection guidance is played back.

(Message is not held.)

Call Forwarding

Service

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

(Not forwarded to forwarding destination.)

Call Waiting

Service

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

Caller ID Display

Request Service

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

Public Mode

(Drive Mode)

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

[Public Mode (Drive Mode) guidance is not played back.]

Item Operation/Explanation

rejection.

YESOK

452

Network Services

This service provides the guidance asking the caller ID notification

against incoming voice calls/videophone calls without caller IDs, and

then automatically disconnects the call.

pThe call rejected by Caller ID Display Request Service is not stored in “Received calls”,

and the “Missed call” desktop icon does not appear.

■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while Caller ID Display

Request Service is activated

No.

You can register the specified phone number for rejection so that

the call from that phone number does not come in.

Enter a phone numberYES

pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search

Phonebook display, and press Vo to select from the Dialed

Call list, and press Co to select from the Received Call list.

Delete last entry You can delete the phone number registered last. Repeat the

same procedures to delete phone numbers one by one from the

one registered last.

YESOK

Delete all entries YESOK

Check No. of entries You can check the number of phone numbers registered for

rejection.

Using Caller ID Display Request Service

Item Operation/Explanation

Service

Handling incoming call from the caller who does not notify a caller ID

Voice Mail Service Caller ID Request guidance is played back. (Message is not held.)

Call Forwarding

Service

Caller ID Request guidance is played back.

(Not forwarded to the forwarding destination.)

Call Waiting

Service

Caller ID Request guidance is played back.

Nuisance Call

Blocking Service

For the call from the number registered to be rejected, the Call

Rejection guidance is played back.

Public Mode

(Drive Mode)

Caller ID Request guidance is played back.

[Public Mode (Drive Mode) guidance is not played back.]

1mServiceCaller ID request

Do the following operations.

You can use a mova phone with the phone number for your FOMA

phone. You can use either your FOMA phone or mova phone depending

on the service area.

pYou cannot use your FOMA phone and mova phone at the same time.

pYou need to operate Dual Network Switching from the phone which is not using the

service.

1mServiceDual network

Do the following operations.

Item Operation/Explanation

Activate YESOK

Deactivate YESOK

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Caller ID Display Request

Service.

Information

pIf you activate this service while you set “Call setting w/o ID” to “Reject”, this service

has priority.

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA phone with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from landline phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

Using Dual Network Service

Item Operation/Explanation

Dual network

switching

You can switch to the FOMA phone so that you can use it.

Operate when the FOMA is in the FOMA service area.

YESEnter your Network Security Code.

pSee page 132 for the Network Security Code.

453

Network Services

You can press a few keys to use Dual Network Service instead of using

the menu function in the FOMA phone.

■To switch the phones (from the phone which is not using the service)

1540d → Enter your Network Security Code

→ Guidance for switching → h

■Check network status (from the phone you want to check)

1546d → Check → h

You can set the guidance for network services such as “Voice mail” or

the voice guidance such as for the out-of-service area, to be played back

in English.

■Outgoing (Guidance to yourself)

■Incoming (Guidance to the caller)

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Dual Network Service.

Dual Network Service by Key Operations

Item Operation/Explanation

Information

pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

pIf you press -0 through -9, -a, or -s following the voice guidance, you

may not be able to end the call by pressing -h. In this case, press -h again.

Switching Guidance Language between

Japanese and English

Language Description

Japanese Plays back the guidance in Japanese.

English Plays back the guidance in English.

Language Description

Japanese Plays back the guidance in Japanese.

Japanese+English Plays back the guidance first in Japanese and then in English.

English+Japanese Plays back the guidance first in English and then in Japanese.

1mServiceEnglish guidance

Do the following operations.

You can make calls to the DoCoMo Information Center or DoCoMo repair

counter.

pDepending on the UIM you use, the displayed items might differ or no items are

displayed.

1mServiceService numbers

Do the following operations.

Item Operation/Explanation

Guidance setting Select an item.

Outgoing+Incoming . . .Sets the guidance for outgoing and

incoming calls at a time.

Outgoing call . . . . . . . . .Sets the guidance for outgoing calls.

Incoming call . . . . . . . . .Sets the guidance for incoming calls.

Select a guidance language to be setYES

pIf you select “Outgoing+Incoming”, set the guidance for

outgoing calls, and then set the guidance for incoming calls.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of the English guidance.

Information

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA phone with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from landline phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

Using Service Numbers

Item Operation/Explanation

ドコモ故障問合せ

(DoCoMo repair

counter)

You can make a call to the repair counter.

Oo()

Dialing 113 starts.

454

Network Services

You can set how to manage a voice call/videophone call or 64K data

communication that comes in during a call when you have signed up for

“Voice mail”, “Call forwarding” or “Call waiting”.

pWhen you have not signed up for “Voice mail”, “Call forwarding”, or “Call waiting”, you

cannot answer calls that come in during a call.

pTo use “Arrival call act”, you need to set “Set in-call arrival act” to “Activate”.

1mServiceArrival call act

Do the following operations.

ドコモ総合案内・受

付

(DoCoMo

Information Center)

You can make a call to the Information Center.

Oo()

Dialing 151 starts.

Selecting Response to Incoming Calls

during a Call

Item Operation/Explanation

Voice mail You can connect voice calls or videophone calls that come in

during a call to the Voice Mail Service Center, regardless of the

setting for “Call waiting” or “Voice mail”.

Call forwarding You can forward voice calls or videophone calls that come in

during a call to the forwarding destination, regardless of the

setting for “Call waiting” or “Call forwarding”.

Call rejection You can reject voice calls, videophone calls, or 64K data

communication that come in during a call.

You can activate/deactivate the functions you selected in Arrival Call Act

and can check the setting contents.

1mServiceSet in-call arrival act

Do the following operations.

Answer If you have set “Call waiting” to “Activate” and receive a voice call

during a voice call, you can use “Call waiting”. Any of the following

operations is available during a voice call (when “Call waiting” is

set to “Deactivate”), during a videophone call, or during 64K data

communication.

pYou can answer incoming voice calls, videophone calls, or 64K

data communication after finishing the current voice call,

videophone call or 64K data communication.

pFrom the Function menu, you can manually operate voice calls,

videophone calls, or 64K data communication that come in

during a call.

pWhen “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” is set to “Activate”, your

FOMA phone follows that setting.

Set In-call Arrival Act

Item Operation/Explanation

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of In-call Arrival Act.

Information

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA phone with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from landline phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

455

Network Services

You can set “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” to be operated from touch-

tone landline phones, public phones, DoCoMo mobile phones, or others.

pTo use “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” overseas, you need to set “Remote control” to

“Activate” in advance.

1mServiceRemote control

Do the following operations.

You can add and use the additional number 1 and 2 at maximum as the

phone numbers of your FOMA phone besides the basic number.

pWhen you remove or replace the UIM, the multi number settings (name, phone

number, etc.) stored in the FOMA phone might be erased. In this case, store them

again.

pThe name that corresponds to each multi number (Basic Number/Additional Number1/

Additional Number2) appears on the dialing display/Call Receiving display.

pWhen you make a call from Redial, Dialed Calls, or Received Calls, the multi number of

the call you dialed/received at that time appears and is dialed.

Setting Remote Control

Item Operation/Explanation

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Remote Control.

Information

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA phone with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from landline phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

Setting Additional Number

You can edit the registration name for the basic number, register

additional numbers, and edit the registration names for them.

1mServiceMulti numberNumber setting

Select a phone number.

pYou can register/edit also by pressing i( ) and selecting “Edit” or by

pressing l().

pSelect the basic number or registered additional number to check the registration

name and phone number.

pTo reset the registration name of the basic number, press i( ) and select

“Reset BasicNo. name”, then select “YES”.

pTo delete the registered additional number, press i( ) and select “Delete

this” or “Delete all”, then select “YES”.

2Enter a registration nameEnter a phone number.

pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters for a registration name.

pYou cannot edit the phone number of the basic number.

By switching this setting, you can make all calls from a specified phone

number.

1mServiceMulti numberSet multi number

Select a phone number.

Basic Number. . . . . . . . . . . Dials by the contracted phone number.

Additional Number1/2 . . . . Dials by an additional number.

pWhen the registration name is changed, each registration name is displayed.

However, the registration name is not displayed during Personal Data Lock.

2YES

Number Setting

Set Multi Number

456

Network Services

Before making a call, you can select a phone number to be notified to the

other party from the Function menu, and then make a call.

1Enter a phone number

bring up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry,

redial item, dialed call record, or received call record.

2i()Multi numberSelect a phone number.

pTo cancel the additional number, select “Cancel prefix”.

pWhen you have not signed up for Multi Number, your basic number is used for

dialing even if you select an additional number.

You can check a phone number set for “Set multi number”.

1mServiceMulti numberCheck setting

You can set a ring tone for calls that come in to the additional number.

1mServiceMulti numberSet as ring tone

Select an additional number.

Go to step 2 on page 108.

When the ring tone is set to “Same as ring tone”, the ring tone will be the one set for

“Phone” or “Videophone” of “Select ring tone”.

Set Own Phone Number when Making a Call

Information

pIf you select “Basic Number” or “Additional Number1/2”, “:590＃”, “:591＃”, or

“:592＃” is added after the phone numbers.

Check Setting

Set as Ring Tone

You can use two phone numbers/mail addresses on your single FOMA

phone. By using respective modes, you can operate your FOMA phone

as if you are using two sets of them.

The following three modes are available with 2in1:

A Mode

You can use your phone number (Number A) to make calls and your i-mode mail

address (Address A) to send/receive mail messages, and can browse their related

data.

B Mode

You can use your 2in1 phone number (Number B) to make calls and access the sites

for Web mail (Address B), and can browse their related data.

Dual Mode

This mode has the functions of both A Mode and B Mode.

pFor details on 2in1, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [2in1]”.

pAddress B is used to send/receive mail messages via the dedicated Web mail site.

pYou can use packet communication even in B Mode if you subscribe to i-mode.

pYou can subscribe to either 2in1 or Multi Number.

pWhen you replace a UIM with another one (2in1 contractor → 2in1 contractor) while

using 2in1, perform “2in1 function OFF” (see page 457) and then set “2in1 setting” to

“YES”, or perform “Auto acquire No. B” (see page 418), to acquire the correct Number

When you replace a UIM with another one (2in1 contractor → 2in1 non-contractor),

perform “2in1 function OFF” as well to update the owner’s information to the correct

one.

pSee page 459 for how this service works for each mode.

1mService2in1 setting

Enter your Terminal Security Code

YES

When you activate 2in1, the 2in1 Setting Menu display

appears.

pThis display appears also by pressing and holding <

for at least one second and entering your Terminal Security Code from the

Stand-by display on the vertical display.

<2in1>

Using 2in1

Activate 2in1

2in1 Setting Menu display

457

Network Services

12in1 Setting Menu displayDo the following operations.

Configure 2in1 Setting

Item Operation/Explanation

Mode switching You can switch to the mode you use.

Select a mode.

pWhen 2in1 is activated, the display for selecting the mode

appears also by pressing and holding < for at least one

second with the Stand-by display shown, and entering your

Terminal Security Code.

pWhen “Mode link” is activated, the confirmation display appears

telling that the setting for “Receive avoidance set.” is also

changed.

Phonebook 2in1

setting

You can change Phonebook 2in1 Setting for the Phonebook

entry stored in the FOMA phone.

Select an item.

Set to A . . . . . . . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry for A. You can

use it in A Mode and Dual Mode.

Set to B . . . . . . . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry for B. You can

use it in B Mode and Dual Mode.

Set to Common . . . Sets as the common Phonebook entry for A

and B. You can use it in all modes.

Select a setting method.

Set one . . . . .Sets a Phonebook entry you call up.

Set some. . . .Select multiple Phonebook entries from the

Phonebook list you call up, then press

l().

Set group . . .Sets a Phonebook group you call up.

Stand-by display You can set the Stand-by display that appears in Dual Mode or B

Mode.

Select a modeSet the Stand-by display.

pSee page 115 for how to set the Stand-by display. However,

“iαppli display” is not displayed.

pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to the default.

Stand-by disp. Wide

Set call/receive No.

(Disp. call/receive

No.)

You can set the character font and color of phone numbers or the

name stored in Phonebook appears on the display for Number A

and Number B respectively.

Number A or Number BSet the font and color.

pSee page 128 for how to set the font and color.

Set call/receive No.

(Ringtone set. for

No. B)

You can set a ring tone for Number B and a mail ring tone for

Address B.

Select an item.

Phone . . . . . . . . . Sets a ring tone for voice calls.

Video-Phone. . . . Sets a ring tone for videophone calls.

Mail . . . . . . . . . . . Sets a ring tone for i-mode mail messages

and SMS messages.

Select a type of ring tone.

Go to step 3 on page 108.

pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to the default.

2in1 function OFF You can deactivate 2in1.

YES

Receive avoidance

set.

(Change recv.

avoid.)

You can set Receive Avoidance Set. manually for Number A and

Number B.

Change recv. avoid.Number A or Number B

Select an item.

Unchange . . . Does not change Receive Avoidance Set.

Receive . . . . . Receives the calls to the selected phone number.

Avoid . . . . . . . Avoids the calls to the selected phone number.

l()

pWhen “Mode link” is activated, the confirmation display appears

telling that it is necessary to deactivate it.

Receive avoidance

set.

(Check recv.

avoidance)

You can check Receive Avoidance Set.

Check recv. avoidance

Item Operation/Explanation

458

Network Services

Receive avoidance

set.

(Mode link)

You can activate/deactivate Mode Link. When you activate it,

Receive Avoidance Set. automatically changes by linking to

switching of the mode of 2in1; You can receive a call only to

Number A when in A Mode, only to Number B when in B Mode,

and to both Number A and B when in Dual Mode.

Mode linkYES

Receive avoidance

set.

[Recv. avoid.

(abroad)]

You can operate Receive Avoidance Set. from overseas.

Recv. avoid. (abroad)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

pWhen “Mode link” is activated, the confirmation display appears

telling that it is necessary to deactivate it.

Item Operation/Explanation

Information

<Stand-by display> <Stand-by disp. Wide>

pSee “Set Stand-by Display” on page 115 to set the Stand-by display in A Mode.

pSee “Select Ring Tone” on page 108 to set a ring tone for Number A and a mail ring

tone for Address A.

pIf a call comes in to Number B without notifying his/her caller ID, the ring tone set by

“Call setting w/o ID” sounds.

pWhen “Mode link” is activated, you cannot switch the mode of 2in1 out of the service

area.

In Dual Mode, Number A dialing is the default setting when you make a

call from the Phonebook entry of A/common setting or the dialed/

received call record of Number A, and Number B dialing is the default

setting when you make a call from the Phonebook entry of B setting or

the dialed/received call record of Number B. Further, you can select a

phone number to be notified to the other party before making a call by the

following operations.

1Enter a phone numberd or Oo()

2Number A or Number B

pTo cancel, select “Cancel”.

1Bring up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry,

redial item, dialed call record, or received call record.

2i()2in1 dialNumber A or Number B

pTo cancel, select “2in1 dial OFF”.

Make a Call in Dual Mode

When Entering a Phone Number to Make a Call

When Selecting Your Caller ID from Phonebook or Call

Records

459

Network Services

■Services available to each mode

pThe items whose operations differ depending on the mode are listed. (Items that work the same way as with A Mode are omitted.)

Item A Mode B Mode Dual Mode

Voice call

Videophone call

Dialing Number A Number B Selectable when dialing※1

Receiving Receiving all calls※2

Phonebook※3Displaying※4Phonebook entries with A setting/

common setting

Phonebook entries with B setting/

common setting

All Phonebook entries

Changing to name※5Phonebook entries with A setting/

common setting

Phonebook entries with B setting/

common setting

All Phonebook entries

2in1 setting when newly

storing

Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting

Receiving all entries using

infrared rays/iC or from

microSD card

Copying sender’s 2in1 setting※6

Receiving one entry using

infrared rays/iC or from

microSD card

Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting

“Copy to UIM” At the time of “Copy to UIM”, 2in1 setting becomes common

“Copy from UIM” Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting

Redial

Dialed calls

Received calls

Received address

records

Detailed sent

Chaku-moji message

Displaying Records for Number A/Address A Records for Number B/Address B All records

Mail/SMS Displaying※7pSent/Received mail messages for

Address A

pSent/Received SMS messages for

Number A

pReceived mail messages saved to the

FOMA phone for Address B [mail

messages you performed “端末に保存

(save to the FOMA phone)” on Web

mail site], notification mail for new mail,

and alarm notification mail

Received SMS messages for Number B

Sent/Received mail messages for

Address B

pSent/Received mail messages for

Address A, received mail messages

saved to the FOMA phone for Address

B, notification mail for new mail, and

alarm notification mail

pSent/Received SMS messages for

Number A

Received SMS messages for Number B

Sent/Received mail messages for

Address B

460

Network Services

※1 The Phonebook entry with A setting or common setting is dialed by Number A and the Phonebook entry with B setting is dialed by Number B by default.

※2 When you set “Call acceptance”, you can receive calls only from the specified phone numbers regardless of the current mode.

When you set “Call rejection”, you can reject calls only from the specified phone numbers regardless of the current mode.

※3 When you set a Phonebook entry as secret data, secret mode has priority.

※4 Regardless of the mode, all the Phonebook entries on the microSD card are displayed.

Mail/SMS Sending pMail messages from Address A

pSMS messages from Number A

Unable to send mail/SMS messages

Mail messages from Address B

pMail messages from Address A※8

pSMS messages from Number A

Mail messages from Address B

Receiving Mail messages to Address A/SMS

messages to Number A (with ring tone/

vibration)

Mail messages to Address B that you

performed the saving operation to the

FOMA phone/Notification mail for new mail

or alarm notification mail/SMS messages

to Number B (without ring tone/vibration)

Mail messages to Address A/SMS

messages to Number A (without ring

tone/vibration)

Mail messages to Address B that you

performed the saving operation to the

FOMA phone/Notification mail for new mail

or alarm notification mail/SMS messages

to Number B (with ring tone/vibration)

Mail messages to Address A/SMS

messages to Number A (with ring tone/

vibration)

Mail messages to Address B that you

performed the saving operation to the

FOMA phone/Notification mail for new mail

or alarm notification mail/SMS messages

to Number B (with ring tone/vibration)

Receiving all messages

using infrared rays/iC or from

microSD card

Copying sender’s state※6

Receiving one message

using infrared rays/iC or from

microSD card

Mail for Address A/SMS messages for Number A

“Copy to UIM” (SMS only) SMS messages for Number A

“Copy from UIM” (SMS only) SMS messages for Number A Undisplayable SMS messages for Number A

PushTalk Dialing Number A Unusable Number A

Receiving Number A

PushTalk Phonebook Displayable Undisplayable Displayable

i-αppli All usable Usable※9Usable※10

Own number Number A Number B Number A/Number B

Voice mail Recording voice mail

messages Recording all voice mail messages※11

Connection number for the

service※12

Number A Number B※13 Selectable when dialing

Call forwarding Forwarding to the forwarding

destination Forwarding all calls

Connection number for the

service※12

Number A

Number B

※14 Selectable when dialing

Item A Mode B Mode Dual Mode

461

Network Services

※5 This function checks the phone number/mail address with the Phonebook, and changes it to the name of the Phonebook entry for displaying when the caller’s phone number,

receiver’s phone number, sender’s phone number, sender’s mail address, or receiver’s mail address is stored in the Phonebook.

※6 When the sender’s model does not support 2in1, all data files are set with A setting.

※7 In B Mode, mail messages and SMS messages on the microSD card are not displayed if they do not have B Mode attribute information.

※8 When you compose a mail message in Dual Mode, you can select a receiver’s mail address from the Phonebook entries set with B setting, however, note that the mail message

is sent from Address A.

※9 Except message application programs, mail-linked i-αppli programs, and the i-αppli Stand-by display.

※10 Except the i-αppli Stand-by display.

※11 Up to 20 voice mail messages for Number A and Number B can be recorded in total.

The icon such as “ ” appears when the voice mail messages for Number A are recorded, and the icon such as “ ” appears when the voice mail messages for Number B are

recorded.

※12 You can activate/deactivate the service and make other settings for Number A and Number B respectively.

※13 When you execute “Check setting” of “Voice mail”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for dialing, Number A or Number B.

※14 When you execute “Check setting” of “Call forwarding”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for dialing, Number A or Number B.

Information

pWhen you delete an image or melody set to a Phonebook entry with B setting or move it to the microSD card in A Mode (or a Phonebook entry with A setting in B Mode), the

message telling that the file is set to another function does not appear.

pIn B Mode, you cannot use the following mail functions:

・Composing i-mode mail/SMS messages ・Templates ・Photo-sending

・Receive option ・Forward ・Reply/Reply with quote

・Mail settings ・Chat mail ・Displaying Outbox/Draft

・Mail To function ・i-αppli To function from i-mode mail text

pIn Dual Mode, you cannot compose i-mode mail/SMS messages, make a PushTalk call, and use Photo-sending from a redial item/dialed call record for Number B, and received

call record for Number B.

pIn Dual Mode, you cannot execute “Reply” and “Reply with quote” from the mail/SMS message sent to Number B/Address B.

pRegardless of current mode, when you make an emergency call at 110/119/118 calls are made from Number A:

pWhen you make a call/AT command call from an external device, the call is made from Number A in A Mode and Dual Mode, and from Number B in B Mode.

pRegardless of the current mode, you can save up to 2,500 i-mode mail messages including SMS messages in the Inbox.

pThe i-mode mail/SMS messages sent to Address B/Number B cannot be replied to, however, they are not saved to the folder set to “Reply impossible”.

p“DEL all read mails”, “DEL all recv. mails”, “Delete read mails”, “Delete all SMS-R”, “DEL all frm folder”, and “Delete all” apply to all the i-mode mail/SMS messages.

pRegardless of the current mode, “Delete all” of the Phonebook applies to all the Phonebook entries.

462

Network Services

“OFFICEED” is an in-group fixed bill service that applies to the specified

IMCS (In-building Mobile Communication System). The separate

subscription is required for use.

For details, check the DoCoMo-enterprise-oriented web page (http://

www.docomo.biz/d/212/). (Japanese only)

You can use the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function to forward

OFFICEED calls to out-of-OFFICEED area.

1mServiceOFFICEED

Do the following operations.

Using OFFICEED

Use OFFICEED Out-of-Area Forwarding Function

Item Operation/Explanation

Area display setting You can set whether to display “ ” while you are in the

OFFICEED area.

ON or OFF

pIf you select “ON”, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to set Area Display Setting to “ON”.

Activate forwarding You can activate the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function.

YES

Deactivate

forwarding

You can deactivate the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding

function.

YES

Check forwarding

set.

You can check the setting of the OFFICEED out-of-area

forwarding function.

When a new network service is provided by DoCoMo, you can register

that service in the menu to use it.

1mServiceAdditional serviceAdditional service

Highlight <Not stored> and press i()

Add new service

pYou can change the setting for the registered service by pressing i()

and selecting “Edit”.

pTo delete the registered service, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or

“Delete all”, then select “YES” → “OK”.

pYou can register up to 10 network services.

2Enter a service name

Enter number or Enter USSD number

Select either “Enter number” or “Enter USSD number” according to the service

contents you add.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

3Enter either a special number or a service code (USSD

number)YES

Using Additional Services

Add New Service

Information

pYou need to check and enter “Special number” or “Service code” supplied by

DoCoMo for using the services.

Special number

. . . . Number for connecting the Service Center.

Service code (USSD number)

. . . . With the FOMA phone, enter it as USSD. The code is for notifying to the Service

Center.

463

Network Services

1mServiceAdditional serviceAdditional service

Select a serviceOo()

Dialing to the Service Center starts.

For when you execute the additional services, you can register up to 10

additional guidance items which correspond to the codes (USSD) that are

returned from the Service Center. The additional guidance name is

displayed when the registered command is returned as a reply.

1mServiceAdditional serviceAdditional guidance

Highlight <Not stored> and pressi()

Add new guidance

pYou can check the setting by selecting the registered guidance.

pYou can change the setting of the registered guidance by pressing i()

and selecting “Edit”.

pTo delete the registered guidance, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or

“Delete all”, then select “YES” → “OK”.

2Enter a command.

pEnter the code (USSD) provided by DoCoMo.

3Enter an additional guidance nameYES

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Use Registered Service

464

465

PC Connection

Data Communication Available from FOMA Phone . . . . . . . . . 466

Before Using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

Preparation Flow for Data Transfer (OBEX™ Communication)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468

Preparation Flow for Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

AT Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

About CD-ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

Introduction of DoCoMo Keitai Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

For details on data communication, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection” on the provided CD-ROM or DoCoMo web page.

To see the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”, you need to have Adobe® Reader®. If it is not installed in your personal computer, install

Adobe® Reader® from the provided CD-ROM to see it.

For details such as how to use it, refer to “Adobe Reader Help”.

466

PC Connection

The data communication services you can use by connecting the FOMA

phone to a personal computer are categorized into data transfer (OBEX™

communication), and packet communication/64K data communication.

The FOMA phone is equipped with the adapter function for packet

communication.

pYou might not be able to activate or operate other functions during data

communication. See “Multiaccess Combination Patterns” on page 510 for details.

pThe 64K data communication is not available overseas.

pTo perform the packet communication overseas, perform it via the IP connection.

(You cannot perform the packet communication via the PPP connection.)

You can exchange data files such as images, music files, Phonebook entries and

mail messages with another FOMA phone or a personal computer.

Data Communication Available from

FOMA Phone

Data Transfer (OBEX™ Communication)

Infrared data exchange

(See page 367)

iC communication

(See page 372)

Bluetooth communication connection

(See page 425)

P906i

FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

microSD card (See page 355)

DoCoMo keitai datalink (See page 470)

P906i

This service requires a communication fee according to the amount of data you

sent and received. (Maximum download speed: 3.6 Mbps, Maximum upload

speed: 384 kbps) It uses an access point which supports FOMA packet

communication such as DoCoMo Internet access service “mopera U”/“mopera”.

To use this service, connect the FOMA phone to a personal computer via the

FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or Bluetooth

communication, and then carry out settings. The packet communication is

suitable for using applications through the high-speed communication.

pThe packet communication is charged according to the amount of data you sent and

received. Note that you are charged a high communication fee for the massive data

communication such as browsing Internet web pages having many images or

downloading data files.

pThe data is sent/received at the maximum speed of 384 kbps outside the FOMA

High-speed Area.

pWhen you use the packet communication with “sigmarion II”, “sigmarion III”, or “musea”

of DoCoMo’s PDA, the data is sent/received at the maximum speed of 384 kbps.

High-speed communication for FOMA High-speed Area is not supported.

This service requires a communication fee according to the duration of

connection. By connecting the FOMA phone to a personal computer via the FOMA

USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or Bluetooth communication, you

can execute communication.

To use this service, connect to an access point which supports FOMA 64K data

communication such as DoCoMo Internet access service “mopera U”/“mopera”,

or an ISDN-synchronous 64K access point.

pThe 64K data communication is charged according to the duration of connection. Note

that a communication fee becomes expensive if you use this service for a long time.

Packet Communication

64K Data Communication

Information

pThe FOMA phone does not support Remote Wakeup.

pThe FOMA phone does not support the FAX communication.

pYou can perform data communications by connecting the FOMA phone with

DoCoMo’s PDA “sigmarion ll”, “sigmarion lll”, or “musea”. To use “sigmarion ll” or

“musea”, the update is required. For details such as how to update them, refer to the

DoCoMo web page.

467

PC Connection

To use the Internet, you need to pay the charge for the Internet service provider

you use. Besides the FOMA service fee, you need to directly pay this charge to the

Internet service provider. For details on the charge, contact the Internet service

provider you use.

You can use the DoCoMo Internet access service, “mopera U”/ “mopera”.

To use “mopera U”, subscription (charged) is required. To use “mopera”,

subscription and monthly charge are not required. However, the maximum

communication speed of sending/receiving data is limited to 384 kbps.

The access points for the packet communication and 64K data communication

differ. To use the packet communication, connect to an access point which

supports packet communication. To use the 64K data communication, connect to

an access point which supports FOMA 64K data communication or

ISDN-synchronous 64K.

pYou cannot connect to the DoPa access point.

User authentication (ID and password) may be required at connection to some

access points. In this case, enter your ID and password on the communication

software program (dial-up network). ID and password are specified by the Internet

service provider or network administrator of the access point. For details, contact

the provider or network administrator.

Before Using

Charge of Internet service provider

Setting access point (Internet service provider, etc.)

About user authentication for accessing network

If you need FirstPass (user certificate), install the FirstPass PC software from the

provided CD-ROM and make the setting.

For details, refer to “FirstPassManual” (PDF format) in the “FirstPassPCSoft”

folder on the CD-ROM. Adobe® Reader® (version 6.0 or higher is recommended) is

required to see “FirstPassManual” (PDF format). If it is not installed in your

personal computer, install Adobe® Reader® from the provided CD-ROM to see it.

For details such as how to use it, refer to “Adobe Reader Help”.

To carry out the communication by using the FOMA phone in Japan, the following

conditions are required:

pThe personal computer to be used can use the FOMA USB Cable with Charge

Function 01/02 (option).

pWhen connecting using Bluetooth communication, the personal computer should

support Dial-up Networking Profile of Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, or Ver.

2.0+EDR.

pThe PDA to be used should support FOMA packet communication and 64K data

communication.

pWithin the FOMA service area

pFor packet communication, the access point should support packet communication of

the FOMA.

pFor 64K data communication, the access point should support the FOMA 64K data

communication or ISDN-synchronous 64K.

Even when these conditions are satisfied, if the base station is congested or the

radio wave conditions are bad, you may not carry out the communication.

About access authentication for using browser

Conditions of packet communication and 64K data

communication

468

PC Connection

For the data communication, the following operating environment is

required for your personal computer:

■PC main unit

PC/AT compatible model

When using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option):

USB port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev1.1 compliant)

When using Bluetooth communication:

Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, or Ver. 2.0+EDR compliant (Dial-up

Networking Profile)

Display resolution 800 x 600 dots, High Color 16 bits or more recommended.

■OS

Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista (Japanese version in each)

■Memory requirements

Windows 2000: 64 Mbytes or more

Windows XP: 128 Mbytes or more

Windows Vista: 512 Mbytes or more

■Hard disk space size

Unused memory space of 5 Mbytes or more

pThe operation on the upgraded OS is not guaranteed.

pThe memory requirements and hard disk space size may vary depending on the

system environment.

The following hardware and software programs are required besides the

FOMA phone and personal computer:

pFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or FOMA USB Cable (option)※

pProvided “FOMA P906i CD-ROM”

※For USB connection

Operating Environment

Necessary Devices

Information

pUse a dedicated “FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02” or “FOMA USB

Cable”. The USB cable for personal computers cannot be used because the shape of

the connector differs.

pIn this manual, operations are described for the case of using FOMA USB Cable with

Charge Function 01/02.

pIf you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.

The following three ways are available for connecting the FOMA phone to another

device:

Connect the FOMA phone to a personal computer provided with the USB port

using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option).

This way of connection applies to all types of communications such as packet

communication, 64K data communication, and data transfer.

pSet “USB mode setting” to “Communication mode”. (See page 363)

pYou need to install the “FOMA communication setup files” (driver) before use.

Connect a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer wirelessly to

the FOMA phone.This way of connection applies to packet communication and

64K data communication.

pWhen you perform data communication by using Bluetooth function, the high speed

communication is applied to the FOMA phone. However, you may not be able to

communicate at the maximum speed because of the limit of communication speed of

Bluetooth function.

pUse a Bluetooth linked standard modem or a Bluetooth modem provided by the

Bluetooth maker. Contact the maker of your personal computer or Bluetooth maker for

how to install and to set up.

By using infrared rays, you can send/receive data between your FOMA phone and

another FOMA phone, mobile phone, or personal computer provided with the

infrared data exchange function. (See page 367)

This applies only to data transfer.

When you use the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option),

install the “FOMA communication setup files” (driver).

Connect FOMA Phone to Other Devices

Use FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

Use Bluetooth communication

Use Infrared Data Exchange

Preparation Flow for Data Transfer

(OBEX™ Communication)

Download and install the “FOMA communication setup files” (driver).

pInstall the FOMA communication setup files from the provided CD-ROM or download

them from the DoCoMo web page and install.

Data transfer

469

PC Connection

The following outline shows a preparation flow for packet communication

or 64K data communication:

For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.

Preparation Flow for Data Communication

For USB connection For Bluetooth connection

Connect a personal computer to the

FOMA phone using the FOMA USB Cable

with Charge Function 01/02 (option).

Connect a personal computer

wirelessly to the FOMA phone using

Bluetooth communication.

Download and install the “FOMA

communication setup files” (driver).

pInstall the FOMA communication setup

files from the provided CD-ROM or

download them from the DoCoMo web

page and install.

Check the setting after installation. Check the modem.

Install the “FOMA PC setup software”. Carry out the setting manually without

using the “FOMA PC setup software”.

Connect.

Install the FOMA communication setup files from the provided “FOMA P906i CD-ROM”

or download them from the DoCoMo web page and install. You are advised to install

“FOMA PC setup software” for establishing the APN or dial-up setting easily when you

communicate.

Installing the FOMA communication setup files (driver) is required when

you connect the FOMA phone to your personal computer via the FOMA

USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) for the first time.

You can make data communication by connecting a Bluetooth

communication compatible personal computer wirelessly to your FOMA

phone.

pSee page 425 for details on Bluetooth function.

To connect the FOMA phone to a personal computer and perform the

packet communication or 64K data communication, you need to

configure various settings for the communication. By using the “FOMA

PC setup software”, you can easily carry out the settings. If required, you

can set the packet communication and 64K data communication without

using the “FOMA PC setup software”.

AT commands are used to specify and modify the functions of the FOMA

phone on the personal computer.

When installing “FOMA communication setup files” (driver)

Install FOMA Communication Setup Files (Driver)

Prepare Bluetooth Communication

FOMA PC Setup Software

AT Command

470

PC Connection

The provided CD-ROM contains the software programs for using data

communication on your FOMA phone, “Manual for PC Connection” and

“Kuten Code List” (PDF file). For details, refer to the provided CD-ROM.

・FOMA通信設定ファイル (FOMA Communication Setup Files)

・FOMA PC設定ソフト (FOMA PC Setup Software)

・FOMAバイトカウンタ (FOMA byte counter)

・ドコモケータイdatalinkのご案内 (DoCoMo keitai datalink information)

・FirstPass PCソフト (FirstPass PC Software)

・mopera Uのご案内 (mopera Uかんたんスタート/U かんたん接続設定ソフト/U オリ

ジナルデータ取得ソフト/FOMAバイトカウンタ)

[mopera U information (mopera U start up tool/mopera U connection & setting tool/

mopera U requesting original data/FOMA byte counter)]

・ナップスター ®のご案内 (Napster® information)

・PDF version of “パソコン接続マニュアル”/“Manual for PC Connection”

・PDF version of “区点コード一覧”/“Kuten Code List”

・Adobe® Reader®

When you set the CD-ROM on your personal computer, an alert message might appear

on the display as shown below. This alert message appears depending on the security

settings of Internet Explorer, however, you can use your computer without any problem.

Click “はい (YES)”.

※The display below is for when you use Windows XP.

It might differ depending on the environment of the computer you use.

About CD-ROM

When a warning message appears

“DoCoMo keitai datalink” is the software program that enables you to

back up your Phonebook entries and i-mode mail messages to your

personal computer and edit them. The software program is distributed

from the DoCoMo web page. For details and how to download, refer to

the web page below. You can access the web page below from the

provided CD-ROM as well.

http://datalink.nttdocomo.co.jp/ (Japanese only)

pFor details on how to download, transferable data, operating environments such as

compatible OS, installation method, operating method, and restrictions, refer to the

web page above. For operations after installation, refer to Help contained in the

software program. To use the DoCoMo keitai datalink, you need to separately have the

USB Cable (option).

Introduction of DoCoMo Keitai Datalink

471

Overseas Use

Outline of International Roaming (WORLD WING) . . . . . . . . . . 472

Services Available Overseas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

Confirmation for Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

Making a Call from the Country You Stay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

Receiving a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

Setting a Network to Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Switch 3G/GSM> 477

Setting a Search Method of Carrier

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Network Search Mode> 477

Setting a Carrier to Preferentially Connect to

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PLMN Setting> 478

Displaying a Carrier on the Stand-by Display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Operator Name Display> 478

Confirming a Communication System . . .<Status in the Area> 478

Setting Guidance during Roaming

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Set Roaming Guidance> 479

Setting Your FOMA Phone to Reject Calls during Roaming

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Barring> 479

Using Network Services during Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

472

Overseas Use

International Roaming (WORLD WING) is a service that enables you,

using local carrier’s networks, to make calls or to communicate in foreign

countries where are out of the service area of the FOMA network.

pThere are following three communication systems for network services overseas:

3G Network

Third generation mobile communications system that conforms to the world standard

specifications, 3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project).※

※This is the regional standards organization for developing common technical

specifications for third-generation mobile telecommunication systems (IMT-2000).

GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) Network

The most widespread 2G digital mobile standard system available worldwide.

GPRS (General Packet Radio Service) Network

A 2.5G mobile standard system enabling high-speed packet communications by

GPRS using GSM communication method.

pAt the time of purchase, the FOMA phone is set to automatically switch networks in

foreign countries. (See page 477)

pYou are advised to read the following booklets to use your FOMA phone overseas:

Outline of International Roaming (WORLD

WING)

Booklet title Contents

Mobile Phone User’s Guide

[International Services]

Describes the details of International Roaming

Service such as the contents of the service, billing,

and cautions.

Mobile Phone User’s Guide

[Network Services]

Describes the contents of each local network service

and cautions.

Information

pQuick Manual “For Overseas Use” is attached to the end of this manual. Refer to it

when you use the FOMA phone overseas.

pFor the country codes, international call access codes, and international prefix

numbers for the universal number, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International

Services]” or the DoCoMo Global Service web page.

pOverseas use fee is added to your monthly bill. You might be requested, however, to

pay according to the invoice for the following month on and after depending on the

overseas carrier of your stay. Note that the invoice for the total of the fees to be paid

for the month might be separately issued.

○: Available ×: Not available

※1 In B Mode or Dual Mode of 2in1, you cannot make calls from Number B.

※2 Auto-updates are automatically suspended when you are connected to an overseas

carrier. To resume the auto-updates of i-Channel, you need to make the i-Channel

settings again. When you use i-Channel overseas, the communication fee for auto-

updates of the basic channel also applies. (In Japan, the fee is included in the

monthly service bill.)

pThe GPS functions and 64K data communications are not available overseas.

pYou cannot dial from an additional number even if you are the user of Multi Number.

pSome services are not available depending on the carrier or network. For connectable

countries, regions, and carriers, refer to the DoCoMo Global Service web page.

Services Available Overseas

Communication Service 3G GSM GPRS

Voice call※1

In the country you stay, you can use the phone number

as used in Japan to make or take local calls, or to make

international calls to Japan or to other countries.

○○○

Videophone call※1

You can make international videophone calls to users of

the specified 3G mobile phone carriers overseas and

FOMA users.

○××

i-mode

Perform the overseas usage settings. For details, refer to

“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.

○×○

i-mode mail

You can send/receive i-mode mail overseas by the same

address as used in Japan.

○×○

SMS ○○○

i-Channel※2○×○

Packet communication by connecting with a

personal computer ○×○

473

Overseas Use

Confirm below in Japan before you use the FOMA phone overseas.

■About contract

pYou do not need to subscribe to WORLD WING if you have subscribed to the FOMA

service after September 1, 2005. If you offered that you do not need WORLD WING at

the time you signed up for the FOMA service, or when you have canceled WORLD

WING midway, you are required to newly subscribe to WORLD WING.

pIf you have signed up for the FOMA service before August 31, 2005, and have not yet

subscribed to WORLD WING, you are required to subscribe to it.

pInsert the UIM (other than blue one) that supports “WORLD WING” into the FOMA

phone. (See page 39)

pThis service is not available with some billing plans.

■About charging batteries

pSee page 20 for cautions for handling AC adapter.

pSee page 42 and page 43 for charging batteries using AC adapter.

■About the setting of network service

When you have signed up for network services, you can operate to activate/deactivate

the network services from overseas except some operations.

pEven with the network services that you can operate to activate/deactivate, you might

not be able to use the services depending on the overseas carrier. Also, some network

services are available only in Japan.

To use network services overseas, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International

Services]” or “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]” before departure.

■About SMS

Even during international roaming, you can send/receive SMS messages to and from the

other party who uses the FOMA phone in Japan or overseas or who uses overseas

carriers.

pWhen you enter the destination address for sending an SMS message to the other

party who is using an overseas carrier, add “+” and a country code to the head of the

destination phone number. When the destination phone number begins with “0”,

however, enter the phone number except for the “0”. However, include “0” when

making a call to some countries or regions such as italy.

pWhen the text of an SMS message sent to the other party who is using an overseas

carrier contains characters that do not support those on the destination phone, the

characters might not be correctly displayed. For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s

Guide [International Services]” or “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

Confirmation for Using

Confirmation before Departure After you arrive at the country overseas, once turn the power off and then

turn on to automatically set an available carrier in that country.

pThe network system you are currently using appears at the upper side of the display.

：3G network that supports packet communication

：3G network that does not support packet communication

：GSM network

：GPRS network

pWhen “Operator name display” is set to “Display ON”, the connected carrier appears

on the Stand-by display.

pWhen “Network search mode” is set to “Auto”, and you move out of the service area of

the network you are connected to, the available network of another carrier is

automatically searched for and you are re-connected to it.

Check Required at the Country You Stay

■About inquiries

For lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or malfunction of your FOMA phone overseas,

refer to “Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas” or

“Failures encountered overseas” on the back page of this manual. Note that you are

still charged the call and communication fees incurred after you lose it or have it stolen.

pYou need to add the “international call access code” that is assigned to the country

you stay or “international prefix number for the universal number” to the head of each

phone number for inquiries.

pFor the latest information about the international call access codes and international

prefix numbers for the universal number, refer to the DoCoMo Global Service web

page.

474

Overseas Use

■Country codes for major countries

Use the following country codes when you make international calls or when you set Int’l

Dial Assist. (As of March 2008)

pFor the code for the countries other than listed in the table, or for details, refer to the

DoCoMo Global Service web page.

Service area Country code Service area Country code

Australia 61 Monaco 377

Belgium 32 Netherlands 31

Brazil 55 New Zealand 64

Canada 1 Norway 47

China 86 Philippines 63

Czech Republic 420 Poland 48

Denmark 45 Portugal 351

Finland 358 Russia 7

France 33 Singapore 65

Germany 49 South Korea 82

Greece 30 Spain 34

Hong Kong 852 Sweden 46

Hungary 36 Switzerland 41

India 91 Taiwan 886

Indonesia 62 Thailand 66

Ireland 353 Turkey 90

Italy 39 United Arab Emirates 971

Luxembourg 352 United Kingdom 44

Macau 853 United States of America 1

Malaysia 60 Vietnam 84

■International call access codes for major countries (Table 1)

The international call access codes for major countries are listed below.

(As of March 2008)

Service area Access code Service area Access code

Australia 0011 Monaco 00

Belgium 00 Netherlands 00

Brazil 0041/0014 New Zealand 00

Canada 011 Norway 00

China 00 Philippines 00

Czech Republic 00 Poland 00

Denmark 00 Portugal 00

Finland 00 Russia 810

France 00 Singapore 001

Germany 00 South Korea 001

Greece 00 Spain 00

Hong Kong 001 Sweden 00

Hungary 00 Switzerland 00

India 00 Taiwan 002

Indonesia 001 Thailand 001

Ireland 00 Turkey 00

Italy 00 United Arab Emirates 00

Luxembourg 00 United Kingdom 00

Macau 00 United States of America 011

Malaysia 00 Vietnam 00

475

Overseas Use

■International prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2)

The international prefix numbers for the universal number for major countries are listed

below. (As of March 2008)

pThe numbers are not available in some areas.

pYou can use the universal numbers only in countries listed in the table above.

pWhen making a call from a hotel, you may be separately charged the phone usage fee

from the hotel. (You are responsible for the fee.) You should check with the hotel

before making a call.

pNote that, in many cases, the universal number may not be used from a mobile phone,

public phone, or hotel phone, etc.

Service area International

prefix number Service area International

prefix number

Argentina 00 Luxembourg 00

Australia 0011 Malaysia 00

Austria 00 Netherlands 00

Belgium 00 New Zealand 00

Brazil 0021 Norway 00

Bulgaria 00 Peru 00

Canada 011 Philippines 00

China 00 Portugal 00

Colombia 009 Singapore 001

Denmark 00 South Africa 09

Finland 990 South Korea 001

France 00 Spain 00

Germany 00 Sweden 00

Hong Kong 001 Switzerland 00

Hungary 00 Taiwan 00

Ireland 00 Thailand 001

Israel 014 United Kingdom 00

Italy 00 United States of America 011

After you return to Japan, the FOMA network is automatically searched

and connected.

Set “Switch 3G/GSM” to “Auto” or “3G”.

Set to the FOMA network (DoCoMo) with “Network search mode” set to

“Auto” or “Manual”.

You can make voice calls or videophone calls from overseas using

international roaming service.

When you make an international call from the country you stay to a

landline phone or mobile phone in Japan, you can operate from the

Phonebook easily.

pThis is available only when the phone number stored in the Phonebook begins with “0”.

You need to set “Auto assist setting” of “Int’l dial assist” to “ON” and to “Japan (81)” in

advance. (Setting at purchase)

1Detailed Phonebook displayd or Oo()

pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.

2Dial

“0” at the head of the phone number is replaced with “+81” when dialed.

pWhen you select “Original phone No.”, the phone number is dialed as stored in

the Phonebook.

Check Required after Homecoming

Making a Call from the Country You Stay

Make a Call to Outside the Country You Stay (Including

Japan)

Use Phonebook to Make an International Call to Japan

Information

pFrom a redial item or dialed call record, or by entering phone number directly, you can

make an international call by the same operation.

476

Overseas Use

Press and hold 0 for at least one second, then you can enter “+”

when dialing. By using “+”, you can make international calls from the

country you stay to the countries such as Japan.

10(for at least one second)

Enter numbers in order of country code

→area code (city code)→destination phone number

d or Oo()

pEnter “81” as a country code when you make an international call to Japan.

pWhen the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter it except for the “0”.

However, include “0” when making a call to some countries or regions such as

Italy.

pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.

If you have stored a country code by Country Code Setting (see page 61),

you can make international calls from the country you stay to the country

such as Japan. The following are the procedures for overseas.

1Enter a phone number

bring up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry,

redial item, dialed call record, or received call record.

2i()Int’l dial assist

Select the name of the country you make a call to

d or Oo()

pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.

In the same way as you do in Japan, you can make a voice call or

videophone call by entering the destination’s phone number.

1Enter a destination phone numberd or Oo()

pPress l( ) to make a videophone call.

pTo make a call in the country you stay using the Phonebook, select “Original

phone No.” in step 2 on page 475.

Use “+” to Make an International Call

International Dial

Make a Call to a Phone in the Country You Stay

When you make a call to a person who is also internationally roaming,

make the call in the same way as to make international calls to Japan

even if he/she is in the country you stay.

In the same operation as you do in Japan, you can answer voice calls and

videophone calls overseas. (See page 64）

■Having calls to your FOMA phone made from Japan

You can receive international calls from Japan by just having your phone number

entered in the same way as the callers usually do in Japan.

Making a call entering “090-XXXX-XXXX”

Making a call entering “080-XXXX-XXXX”

■Having calls to your FOMA phone made from countries other than Japan

Regardless of the country you stay, you receive calls via Japan; therefore, have the

caller enter “international call access code of his/her country” and “81” (Japan) in the

same way as the caller makes a call to Japan and then enter your phone number whose

“0” is excluded from the head.

Making a call entering “international call access code of the country of the caller-

81-90-XXXX-XXXX”

Making a call entering “international call access code of the country of the caller-

81-80-XXXX-XXXX”

Make a Call to a Person who is Staying Overseas and

Using WORLD WING

Receiving a Call

Information

pEven for incoming calls, you are charged a receiving fee including an international

forwarding fee, depending on the country or region.

pEven when a caller tried to notify of his/her caller ID, it might not be notified depending

on the overseas carrier. Also, a different number from the other party’s caller ID might

be notified depending on the caller’s network.

pWhile you use the FOMA phone overseas, “Call setting w/o ID”, “Reject unknown”,

and “Restrictions (except Restrict Dialing)” might not work. In addition, it might work as

“Answer” regardless of the setting of “Arrival call act”.

477

Overseas Use

1x(for at least one second)Select a network type.

Auto. . . . . . . . . Uses 3G, GSM, or GPRS network. (3G network has priority.)

3G . . . . . . . . . . Uses 3G network.

GSM/GPRS . . . Uses GSM or GPRS network.

pWhen a call comes in during international roaming, the call is forwarded from Japan

regardless of whatever country the call is from. The caller is charged a call fee to

Japan and the receiver is charged a receiving fee including an international

forwarding fee.

Setting a Network to Use

Information

pIf you set to “Auto” or “3G”, FOMA network is used in Japan. If you set to “GSM/

GPRS”, you cannot connect to FOMA network, the FOMA phone is placed in

out-of-service-area state.

pWhile another menu function is activated or display appears on the horizontal display,

the setting display for this function is not displayed by pressing and holding -x for

at least one second from the Stand-by display, but the display for the menu function in

use is displayed.

You can set whether to automatically search a network and connect to

another carrier when you move out of the service area.

1mSettingsNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Network search modeSelect an item.

Auto . . . . . . Automatically re-connects to another carrier. The setting is completed.

Manual. . . . Connect manually to a carrier on the list. “×” is displayed for

unavailable carriers.

Network re-search

. . . . . . . . . . When set to “Auto”, automatically switches to an available carrier. The

setting is completed.

When set to “Manual”, displays the list of carriers.

2Select a carrier.

pThe displayed carrier varies depending on the setting of “Switch 3G/GSM”.

pPress l( ) to display the list of carriers again.

Setting a Search Method of Carrier

Information

pYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.

pWhen you move out of the service area while this function is set to “Manual”, “ ”

appears.

pWhen you have set this function to “Manual” and turn off and on the FOMA phone out

of the service area, select a carrier again in the service area.

478

Overseas Use

You can specify the priority order of carriers you are connected to for

when “Network search mode” is set to “Auto”. You can store up to 20

carriers.

1mSettingsNetwork settingInt’l roaming

PLMN setting

pYou can select the stored carrier to check the stored contents.

2i()PLMN list select

pTo search for a carrier by a name of country, press l( ) and select a

country name. You can search also by pressing l( ) again from the

Country list and entering a country name.

3Select a carrierOo()Select a network type

l()YES

Setting a Carrier to Preferentially Connect

Function Menu while PLMN Setting is Displayed

Function menu Operation/Explanation

Set VPLMN to

UPLMN

You can store the carrier you are currently connected to.

l()YES

PLMN list select See “Setting a Carrier to Preferentially Connect to” on page 478.

PLMN manual

select

You can store a carrier by entering a country code and operator

code. You can store carriers not found in the list.

Enter a country code (3 digits) and operator code (2 to 3

digits)Select a network typel()YES

Change priority Select a number to change tol()YES

Delete this YESl()YES

Delete all YESl()YES

You can select whether to display, on the Stand-by display, the carrier

you are currently connected to.

1mSettingsNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Operator name displayDisplay ON or Display OFF

The carrier’s name is displayed on the Stand-by display.

However, when you use the “DoCoMo” network, the carrier is

not displayed.

You can display whether the carrier you are currently connecting to

supports the circuit switching (CS)※1 and packet switching (PS)※2.

※1 The communication system used for voice calls, videophone calls, SMS, etc.

※2 The communication system used for i-mode, i-mode mail, etc.

1mSettingsNetwork settingStatus in the area

Information

pWhen the “DoCoMo” network is available, you are preferentially connected to it

regardless of this setting.

pThis setting is stored on the UIM.

pYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.

Displaying a Carrier on the Stand-by

Display

When you set to “Display ON”

Confirming a Communication System

Carrier’s name

479

Overseas Use

For an incoming voice call or videophone call during international

roaming, you can have the voice guidance played back to the caller to

that effect.

pEven when you activate Roaming Guidance, the caller may hear the guidance in a

foreign language depending on the overseas carrier.

pEven when you deactivate Roaming Guidance, the caller hears a calling tone set by

the overseas carrier.

pYou need to set this function in Japan.

1mServiceSet Roaming guidance

Do the following operations.

Setting Guidance during Roaming

Item Operation/Explanation

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Set Roaming guidance”.

YES

pThis setting might not be available depending on the overseas carrier.

1mSettingsNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Call barringDo the following operations.

Setting Your FOMA Phone to Reject Calls

during Roaming

Item Operation/Explanation

Activate Select an item.

Bar all incoming. . . . . . .Bars all calls including voice calls and

videophone calls.

Bar VP call/data ex. . . . .Bars only videophone calls.

YESEnter your Network Security Code.

pSee page 132 for the Network Security Code.

Deactivate YESEnter your Network Security Code.

pSee page 132 for the Network Security Code.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Call barring”.

YES

480

Overseas Use

You can use some network services such as Voice Mail Service or Call

Forwarding Service from overseas. You can set Roaming Guidance as

well.

pSee page 458 for “Receive avoidance set.” of 2in1.

1mSettingsNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Voice mail (Int.)Select an itemYES

Operate following the voice guidance.

1mSettingsNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Call forwarding (Int.)Select an itemYES

Operate following the voice guidance.

1mSettingsNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Roaming guidance (Int.)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

1mSettingsNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Remote control (Int.)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

Using Network Services during Roaming

Operate Voice Mail Service from the Country You Stay

Operate Call Forwarding Service from the Country You

Stay

Operate Roaming Guidance from the Country You Stay

Operate Remote Control from the Country You Stay

1mSettingsNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Caller ID req. (Int.)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

Operate Caller ID Request Service from the Country You

Stay

Information

pWhen you use those services from overseas, you are charged an international call fee

of the country you stay.

pYou need to set “Remote control” beforehand.

pFor the details on network services, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International

Services]” and “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

481

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Function List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503

Symbol List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504

Pictograph List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507

Common Phrase List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509

Multiaccess Combination Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

Multitask Combination Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511

Services Available with FOMA Phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

Introduction of Options and Related Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 514

Interfacing to External Devices

Introduction of Software for Playing Back Moving Images . . . 514

Links with AV Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

Warranty and Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526

i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527

Updating Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Software Update> 528

Protecting FOMA Phone from Data Causing Failure

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Scanning Function> 534

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536

Number of Savable/Storable/Protectable Items in FOMA Phone

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537

SAR Certification Information and Other Information . . . . . . . 538

Export Administration Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

482

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Execute “Reset settings (all reset)” on page 433 for the items indicated by , and “Reset TV settings” on page 311 for the items indicated by ※, to

return to the respective defaults. If you execute “Initialize” on page 433, all items return to the defaults.

pEven if you execute “Initialize”, the pre-installed i-αppli programs you have deleted are not restored.

Function List

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

Mail Inbox Pre-installed data only (except inside the UIM)

User created folder: None i-αppli mail folder: None

218

Outbox No mail messages (except inside the UIM)

User created folder: None i-αppli mail folder: None

219

Draft No mail messages (except inside the UIM) 219

Compose message —198

Create new Decome-Anime —206

Template

Decomail

Pre-installed data only 208

Decome-Anime

Pre-installed data only 209

Web mail —247

Check new message —215

Compose SMS —244

Check new SMS —246

Chat mail Chat member: Not recorded (except “Own”) 239

Receive option —214

Mail settings Scroll 1 line 233

Character size Standard 129

Mail list display List display: Date+sender/receiver subject Message/Name in phonebook: Checked 233

Message display Standard 234

Mail security All unchecked 142

Secret mail display ON 142

Auto color label Not stored 234

Pred. conv. at reply ON 234

Header/signature Header: Blank Insert: Checked 235

Signature: Blank Insert: Checked 235

Quotation marks: 〉235

Set check new message All checked 234

Auto-display MessageR preferred 236

Receiving display Alarm preferred 234

Receive option setting OFF 214

483

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Mail Mail settings Attachment preference All checked 234

Auto melody play ON 234

Photo auto display ON 234

Chat setting Sound setting: Alarm 1 242

Chat image: ON 242

User setting Name: Own Image: Apple 242

Check settings —234

SMS settings SMS report request OFF 246

SMS validity period 3 days 246

SMS input character Japanese (70char.) 247

SMS center selection DoCoMo 247

Area mail settings Receive setting No 239

Receive entry Emergency information 239

Beep setting ON 239

Beep time 10 seconds 239

i-mode iMenu —172

Bookmark Not stored

User created folder: None

178

Screen memo Not stored

User created folder: None

180

Last URL iMenu 176

Go to location No URL histories 178

Message R/F No messages 236

i-Channel Channel list —195

Ticker ON/OFF ON 196

Ticker font size set. Standard 129

Ticker color set. Pattern 1 196

Ticker scroll speed Normal 196

Reset i-Channel —196

Check new message —215

Operate certificate Client certificate —191

Certificate All Valid 190

Certificate host DoCoMo 192

i-mode settings Scroll 1 line 188

Character size Standard 129

Set image display※ON 188

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

484

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

i-mode i-mode settings Set connection timeout 60 seconds 189

Host selection (m81) i-mode 189

imotion auto-play ON 194

Use phone information YES 188

Sound effect setting ON 188

Doc. display settings Fit page 377

i-mode arrival act PushTalk preferred 89

Check settings —188

Reset last URL —176

Full Browser Home —314

Bookmark

パナソニック

おすすめ動画！ (Panasonic Recommended movies!)

User created folder: None

178

Last URL None 314

Go to location No URL histories 178

Full Browser settings Display Mode setting: Phone mode 315

Scroll

Speed: High speed Focus while scroll: OFF

317

Zoom: 100% 318

Access setting: No 318

Home URL: Home URL http://www.google.co.jp 318

Set image display: ON 318

PC Movie auto-play: ON 318

Cookie setting: Valid (No cookies) 319

Referer setting: Send 319

Script setting: Valid 318

Window Open Guard: Invalid 318

i-αppli Software list(phone) Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 251

Display: Icon display 252

Auto start time: All unchecked 262

Power saver: ON 254

iαppli(microSD) SW list(microSD) —251

iαppli(microSD) —264

iαppli info End stand-by info No information 264

Security error history No histories 253

Auto start info No information 262

Trace info No information 253

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

485

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

i-αppli iαppli settings Auto start setting OFF 262

Disp. software info Not display 251

Preferred tone MUSIC/1Seg 261

αBacklight Depend on system 261

αPower saver OFF 261

αVibrator Depend on system 261

Check settings —261

Settings Sound Select ring tone (m13) Phone/PushTalk/Videophone: Pattern 1

Mail/Chat mail: Pattern 2

MessageR/MessageF: Pattern 3

108

Ring volume (m50) All Level 4 68

Keypad sound (m30) ON 111

Melody effect (m64) Stereo&3DSound: ON 109

Position to play: Play all 109

Headset usage setting

(

51)

Headset and speaker 112

Mail/Msg. ring time (m68) All ON

Ring time: All 5 seconds

111

Display Display setting (m56) Stand-by display

“white” for body color “White” “black” for body color “Black”

“pink” for body color “Pink” “metal” for body color “Metal”

115

Stand-by disp. Wide

“white&pink” for body color “White”/“Pink” “black&metal” for body color “Black”/“Metal”

115

Clock

Clock display

“Small” for body color “White”/“Metal” “Big” for body color “Black”/“Pink”

Day of week: Unavailable

Position

“Pattern 2” for body color “White”/“Pink”/“Metal” “Pattern 1” for body color “Black”

Color: White

130

Dialing, Incoming call, Videophone dialing, Videophone incoming, Mail sending,

Mail receiving, Check new message, Mail/msg. rcpt result

“Water line” for body color “White” “Standard” for body color “Black”/“Metal”

“Shiny pink” for body color “Pink”

116

Icon color: Color 117

Battery icon/Antenna icon

“Pattern 1” for body color “White”/“Black” “Pattern 3” for body color “Pink”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Metal”

117

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

486

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Settings Display Display setting (m56) Wake-up display: Wake up 116

Backlight (m70) Lighting: ON

Power saver mode: ON Light time: 120 seconds

118

Charging: Standard 118

Area: LCD+Keys 118

Brightness: Auto setting 118

Soft light: ON 118

View blind OFF

Contrast: Level 1 (When “View blind” is set to “ON”)

119

Color theme setting (m86) “White” for body color “White”“Black” for body color “Black”/“Metal”

“Pink” for body color “Pink ”

119

Menu icon setting (m57) “White” for body color “White”“Black” for body color “Black”

“Pink” for body color “Pink”“Metal” for body color “Matal”

120

Horizontal open menu “Pattern 2” for body color “White”/“Pink”“Pattern 1” for body color “Black”/“Metal”122

Private menu setting (m52) Own number, Ring volume, Caller ID notification, GPS, Alarm, Kisekae Tool, Vibrator,

Full Browser, Character size, PC Movie, Schedule

416

Change BG image: Normal 417

Desktop icon (m63) Guide (

使いかたナビ

), Bluetooth 125

Private window (m93) ON

Clock

“Pattern 3” for body color “White”“Pattern 2” for body color “Black”

“Pattern 4” for body color “Pink”“Pattern 1” for body color “Metal”

Orientation: Pattern 2

Brightness: Level 3

Called: ON

Chaku-moji: OFF

Mail: OFF

i-Channel ticker: OFF

Disp. connection: ON

117

Font (m66) Font 1 128

Character size All Standard 129

Select language (m15) Japanese (

日本語

)45

Recv.mail/call at open OFF 118

Image quality Dynamic119

LCD AI ON 119

Icons (m36) — 32

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

487

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Settings Illumination All illum. setting —122

Illumination (m89) Set color

Body color “White”

Phone/Videophone: Pattern C-1 PushTalk: Pattern C-5

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF: Pattern C-2

Body color “Black”

Phone/Videophone: Pattern B-1 PushTalk: Pattern B-5

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF: Pattern B-2

Body color “Pink”

Phone/Videophone: Pattern D-1 PushTalk: Pattern D-5

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF: Pattern D-2

Body color “Metal”

Phone/Videophone: Pattern A-1 PushTalk: Pattern A-5

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF: Pattern A-2

123

Set pattern: Standard 123

Color setting: All default 123

Illumination in talk OFF 122

Miss/unread illum. ON 122

Music&Video ch illum. OFF 123

Illum. when folded ON 123

Hourly illumination OFF 123

MUSIC illumination ON 123

Bluetooth illumination ON 123

IC card illumination ON 123

PushTalk illumination ON 123

Side key illumination “Pattern C-3” for body color “White”“Pattern B-3” for body color “Black”

“Pattern D-3” for body color “Pink”“Pattern A-3” for body color “Metal”

123

Check settings —123

Kisekae Same as “Kisekae Tool” in “Data box”492

Lock/Security Self mode Released 135

Lock all Released 134

Personal data lock Released 136

IC card lock Released 275

Secret mode (m40) Released 141

Secret data only (m41) Released 141

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

488

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Settings Lock/Security Keypad dial lock Released 140

Reject unknown Accept 145

Call setting w/o ID (m10) All Accept

Select ring tone: All Same as ring tone

144

Change security code (m29) 0000 133

UIM setting —133

Scanning function Set scan: All Valid 534

Lock setting Timer lock ON at close: All OFF 137

PIM/IC security mode: Security code 137

IC lock(power-off): Setting before OFF 275

Face reader setting: Not stored 138

Face reader security: Normal

Change security code: 0000

Call time/cost Call data (m61) Last call duration/Total calls duration: 0 seconds Last call cost: ¥__

Calls reset/Cost reset: --/-- --:--

419

Reset total cost&dura.

(

60)

—420

Notice call cost OFF

Max cost: ¥0 (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)

Method to alert: Icon (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)

Auto reset setting: OFF (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)

420

CLR max cost icon —420

Clock Set time (m31) Auto time adjust ON 46

World time watch OFF 47

Summer time OFF 47

Auto power ON/OFF All OFF 408

Alarm setting Alarm preferred 416

Incoming call Vibrator (m54) All OFF 110

Manner mode set (m20) Manner mode 113

when “Original” is set

Record msg.: OFF Vibrator: ON Phone vol.: Silent

Mail vol.: Silent Alarm vol.: Silent VM tone: ON

Keypad sound: OFF Mic sensitiv.: Up LVA tone: OFF

Answer setting (m58) Any key answer 66

Setting when opened All Keep ringing 66

Record display set All ON 141

Disp. PH-book image ON 117

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

489

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Settings Incoming call Disp. call/receive No. Font of dial number: Pattern 1 128

Font color

Black for body color “White”/”Pink” White for body color “Black”/”Metal”

128

Ring time (m90) Ring start time: OFF

Start time: 1 second (when “Ring start time” is set to “ON”)

144

Missed calls display: Display 144

Info notice setting (m65) ON 124

V-phone while packet V-phone priority 78

Auto answer setting (m94) OFF

Ring time: 6 seconds (when “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”)

424

Talk Volume Level 4 67

Setting when closed (m18) Phone/Videophone: End the call 67

PushTalk: Speaker call 67

Set hold tone On hold tone: Tone 1 Holding tone: JESU JOY OF MAN’S DESIRING 69

Voice clear setting ON 63

Noise reduction (m76) ON 63

Quality alarm (m75) No tone 111

Reconnect signal (m77) No tone 62

PushTalk Auto answer setting OFF 88

Ring time setting 30 seconds 88

Hands-free w/ PushTalk ON 88

PushTalk arrival act Answer 88

Sound setting Quick 88

Vibration setting OFF 89

Videophone Visual preference Normal 77

Select image On hold: Pre-installed Holding: Pre-installed

Substitute image: Chara-den [カンガルー (Kangaroo)]

Record message: Pre-installed Preparing: Pre-installed

Movie memo: Pre-installed

Hands-free w/ V. phone ON 77

Voice call auto redial OFF 78

Remote monitoring Other ID: Not recorded 79

Ring time: 5 seconds 79

Set: OFF 80

Notify switchable mode —78

Feel＊Mail Disp. /play new one ON 122

Disp. /play in history ON 122

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

490

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Settings Network setting Prefix setting WORLD CALL (009130010) 62

Int’l roaming Network search mode: Auto 477

Operator name display: Display ON 478

Switch 3G/GSM: Auto 477

Int’l dial assist Auto assist setting: ON 61

Country Code set.: Japan (81) 61

IDD prefix setting: WORLD CALL (009130010) 61

Status in the area —478

Melody Call setting —110

Other settings Work with style Horizontal open menu 28

Side keys guard OFF 141

Character input method

(m35)

Input mode: All checked

Priority input method: Mode 1 (5-touch)

436

Predict: ON 439

Int.with secret: ON 439

Battery Charge sound: ON 111

Pause dial (m84) Not stored 59

Sub-address setting ON 62

Headset mic. setting Headset microphone 423

Headset switch to call OFF 424

Voice settings Auto voice dial: OFF 105

Voice earphone dial: OFF 105

Read aloud settings: OFF 406

Read aloud volume: Level 4 407

Read aloud speed: Normal 407

Read aloud output: Speaker 407

Read aloud valid set.: Normal 407

USB mode setting Communication mode 363

Reset settings (m23) — 433

Initialize —433

Software update Set auto-update: Auto-update

Date: Default Time: 3:00

529

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

491

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Data box My picture (m46) Pre-installed data only

User created folder: None

330

Original animation: Not stored 338

Icon: OFF 331

Folder security: All released 366

Edit picture

Character stamp

Character color: 16 Color, Black Font: Font 1 Character size: Standard size

336

Set display

Stand-by display

“white” for body color “White” “black” for body color “Black”

“pink” for body color “Pink” “metal” for body color “Metal”

Stand-by disp. Wide

“white&pink” for body color “White”/“Pink”

“black&metal” for body color “Black”/“Metal”

Wake-up display: Wake up

331

Positioning: Center 332

Sort: By date↑333

Picture/Title name: Picture 333

Display size: Normal 334

MUSIC No data

User created folder: None

394

Display: Title + Image 394

Volume: Level 12 395

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

399

Music&Video Channel No data 386

Information of previously played program: None 386

Display: Title + Image 386

Volume: Level 12 387

Play mode setting: Normal 388

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

389

imotion Pre-installed data only

User created folder: None

338

Playlist: Not stored 343

Position memory: All not stored 340

Volume: Level 4 339

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

492

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Data box imotion Icon: OFF 339

Folder security: All released 366

Set imotion: All released 340

Sort: By date↑333

Listing: Title + Image 341

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

341

Display size: Fit in display 342

Change to full: Vertical display playback 342

Melody (m16) Pre-installed data only

User created folder: None

351

Playlist: Not stored 366

Set as ring tone: All released 352

Sort: By date↑353

My documents No data 374

Sort: By date↑333

Listing: Image 375

Kisekae Tool Pre-installed data only 354

Sort: By date↑333

Listing: Image 354

Chara-den Pre-installed data only 349

Substitute image: カンガルー (Kangaroo) 74

Rec. Chara-den

Camera mode: Photo mode Recording size: QCIF (176 x 144)

Recording type: Video + voice Recording quality: Normal

350

Display size: Fit in display 350

PC Movie Position memory: All not recorded 323

Played history: No histories 324

Volume: Level 12 322

Listing: Title 324

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

325

Display size: Actual size 325

1Seg Position memory: All not stored 346

Volume: Level 12 346

Listing: Title + image 347

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

493

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Data box Document viewer —378

SD other files —362

LifeKit Bar code reader Scan code —165

Saved data Not stored 167

Receive Ir data (m79) Receive —370

Receive all —371

SD-PIM Phonebook —356

Schedule —356

Inbox —356

Outbox —356

Draft —356

Text memo —356

Bookmark —356

Camera Photo mode/

Movie mode

Inside camera/Outside camera: Outside camera 160

Image size

Photo mode: Stand-by (480 x 854) Continuous mode: VGA (640 x 480)

Movie mode: QVGA (320 x 240)

160

File size setting: Mail restrict’n (L) 160

Image quality: Fine 161

Camera settings

Shutter sound: Sound 1 Flicker correction: Auto

161

Storage setting

Store in: Phone Auto save set: OFF File restriction: File unrestricted

162

Img. stabilizer: Auto 162

Cont. shooting set.

Continuous mode: Auto

Shot interval: 0.5 second

Shot number

VGA (640 x 480)/CIF (352 x 288): 4 shots (Fixed)

QVGA (240 x 320)/QCIF (176 x 144)/Sub-QCIF (128 x 96): 5 shots

162

Display size: Actual size 162

Icon: ON 163

My picture Same as “My picture” in “Data box” 491

imotion Same as “imotion” in “Data box” 491

Bluetooth Device list Not stored 427

Preferred device: Not set 429

Activate Bluetooth/Bluetooth

power OFF

—429

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

494

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

LifeKit Bluetooth Accept registered —429

Accept dialup devices —429

Bluetooth settings Set authentications: OFF 432

Session number setting: OFF 432

Time-out to search: 5 seconds 432

Forward ring tone: ON 432

Disconnection settings: End the call 432

Dial from headset: Valid 432

Bluetooth info

Device name: P906i

432

GPS Position location —278

Notify of location —285

Location history No histories 286

iαppil Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 279

Service settings —286

GPS settings GPS button setting: Read a map 287

Posit. tone/illum.

Select posit. ring tone: “Position location” OFF “Notify of location” Pattern 1

“Location req./Accept” Pattern 2 “Location req./Confirm” Pattern 2

Ring time setting: All 3 seconds

Select vibrator: All OFF

Select illumination: All Color 5

287

Positioning mode: All Standard mode 287

Reg. LCS client: Not stored 287

Location request menu: OFF 288

Host selection: Default 290

Text reader Scan text —168

Saved data Not stored 169

Rec. msg/voice memo

(m55)

Play/Erase msg. Not recorded 73

Play/Erase VP msg. Not recorded 73

Record message setting OFF

Answer message: Japanese 1 (when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)

Ring time: 13 seconds (when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)

Voice memo Not recorded 418

Voice announce Not recorded 110

Voice recoder File size setting: Mail restrict’n(L) 373

Storage setting

Store in: Phone Auto save set: OFF File restriction: File unrestricted

373

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

495

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

LifeKit Data Security Service Connect to Center —105

Sent/recv. PB data list No histories 105

PB image sending OFF 105

Service Caller ID notification

(m17)

Activate —47

Check setting —47

Voice mail Play messages —447

Activate —447

Deactivate —447

Set ring time —447

Check setting —447

Setting —447

Check new messages —446

Message notification YES 447

Erase icon —447

Activate notice call —447

Deactivate notice call —447

Notice call status —447

Call waiting Activate —448

Deactivate —448

Check setting —448

Call forwarding Activate —450

Deactivate —450

Change forwarding No. —450

Setting if fwd. No. busy —450

Check setting —450

Nuis. call blocking Register caller —451

Delete last entry —452

Delete all entries —452

Check No. of entries —452

Caller ID request Activate —452

Deactivate —452

Check setting —452

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

496

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Service 2in1 setting Deactivated

Mode switching: Dual mode

Stand-by display

Dual mode: Pyramid at night

B mode: Fruit salad

Standby disp. Wide

Dual mode: Ring

B mode: Mont St Michel

Set call/receive No.

Disp. call/receive No.

Number A

Font of dial number: Pattern 1

Font color

Black for body color “White”/”Pink” White for body color “Black”/”Metal”

Number B

Font of dial number: Pattern 2

Font color

Dark blue for body color “White Yellowish green for body color “Black”/”Metal”

Purple for body color “Pink”

Ringtone set. for No. B

Phone/Video-Phone: Pattern 4Mail: Pattern 5

Receive avoidance set.

Mode link: Deactivated

456

Multi number Set multi number —455

Check setting —456

Number setting Not stored 455

Set as ring tone All Same as ring tone 456

Arrival call act Answer 454

Set in-call arrival act Activate —454

Deactivate —454

Check setting —454

Remote control Activate —455

Deactivate —455

Check setting —455

Dual network Dual network switching —452

Check setting —453

English guidance Guidance setting —453

Check setting —453

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

497

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Service Set Roaming guidance Activate —479

Deactivate —479

Check setting —479

Additional service Additional service Not stored 462

Additional guidance Not stored 463

Service numbers ドコモ故障問合せ

(DoCoMo repair counter)

—453

ドコモ総合案内・受付

(DoCoMo Information Center)

—454

OFFICEED Area display setting —462

Activate forwarding —462

Deactivate forwarding —462

Check forwarding set. —462

Chaku-moji Create message Not stored 57

Message disp. settings Calls with callerID 58

Sent messages No records 58

Prefer Chaku-moji OFF 58

Phonebook Add to phonebook Phone Not stored 92

UIM —92

Search phonebook All? —98

Reading? —98

Group? —98

Memory No.? —98

Name? Sort: Reading order 101

Phone number? Sort: Reading order 101

Mail address? Sort: Reading order 101

Search phonebook 2-touch dial? —98

UIM operation Copy —422

Delete —422

PushTalk phonebook Not stored 85

Dialed/recv. calls

(

24)

Dialed calls No records 54

Sent address: No records 229

Received calls No records 55

Received address: No records 229

Own number (m0) Not stored (except “Own number” for Number A) 417

Group setting Edit group

Group name: Group 01 to 19 (except inside the UIM)

Settings: None

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

498

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Phonebook Restrictions Restrict dialing All released 143

Call rejection All released 143

Call acceptance All released 143

Call forwarding All released 143

Voice mail All released 143

Phonebook settings

(m26)

Character size All Standard 129

Voice dial setting Not stored 103

Mail group Not stored 233

Edit group name: Mail group 1 to 20 233

Chat group Not stored 243

Edit group name: Group 1 to 5 243

Forwarding image ON 371

No. of phonebook —100

Stationery Alarm (m44) Not stored 408

Alarm: All OFF 408

Schedule (m45) Not stored 411

Monthly display/Weekly display: Monthly display 413

Customize holiday

Sunday: Red Monday∼Friday: Default Saturday: Blue

413

ToDo (m95) Not stored 415

Category display: All 415

Sort/Filter: By entered time 415

Text memo (m42) Not recorded 421

Calculator (m85) —421

Guide —39

Common phrase/dic.

(m38)

Common phrases All default 441

Own dictionary Not stored 442

Download dictionary Pre-installed data only 443

Set dictionary: All valid 443

Create learned wd list —443

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

499

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

MUSIC MUSIC Player No data 393

Playlist: Not stored 400

Information of previously played music file: None 392

Display: Title + Image 393

Volume: Level 12 395

Play mode setting: Normal 397

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

399

Music&Video Channel Same as “Music&Video Channel” in “Data box” 491

1Seg Activate 1Seg Confirmation display at start※: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display 292

Confirmation display for the data broadcasting

※

: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation

display

310

Broadcasting storage area: Not stored 292

Volume: Level 12 296

Program guide —300

Book program list Not stored 304

Timer recording list Not stored 305

Confirmation display at timer recording: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display 306

Recording result Not stored 309

TVlink Not stored 302

Channel list Not stored 294

Channel setting Select area —294

Auto channel setting —294

User settings Caption※ON 309

Caption posit. in w-scr※Lower 309

Rec. when low battery※ON 309

Rec. program when call※OFF 309

Mobile W-Speed※OFF 309

Image quality※Dynamic 309

Sound※Sound effect

Auto volume: ON Remaster: OFF

Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

309

TV sound while closed: ON 310

ECO mode※Released 310

Display light※Constant light 310

Data broadcasting※Set image display: ON 310

Sound effect setting: ON 310

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

500

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

1Seg User settings Icon※ON 310

Mail ticker display※Receipt notification 310

Check TV settings —310

Reset channel setting —310

Reset storage area —311

Reset TV settings —311

Osaifu-Keitai IC card content Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 251

DCMX —260

ToruCa No data

User created folder: None

269

Sort: By date↑272

IC card lock set. IC card lock Released 275

IC lock(power-off) Setting before OFF 275

Settings Receive ToruCa Accept 274

ToruCa from dataBC Auto receive ON 274

Receiving display ON 274

Check same data ON 274

Auto reading Accept 274

Check IC owner —268

Change IC owner —268

Search by i-mode —186

Others Clock display of Private window Icons and date/time 33

Redial No records 54

Public Mode (Drive Mode) Released 69

Manner mode Released 112

Videophone Backlight: Constant light 76

Photo-sending Image size: QCIF (176 x 144) 160

Character input Char. input/dict.

Learned words: Not stored

440

Candid. disp. size: Standard

Candidate display: ON

Character set time: OFF

2/NIKO-touch guide: ON

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

501

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

※1: Displayed when entering the character in full pitch.

※2: Displayed when entering the character in half pitch.

※3: Displayed when entering characters consecutively.

If you press a after fixing a character, pictographs are displayed.

pIf you press c after entering a character, characters can be scrolled in the reverse order.

pAfter entering hiragana, katakana, or alphabetic characters, you can switch uppercase and lowercase characters by pressing d.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding 0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method)

Display

Key abc 123 漢

カナ

-1. - @ _ / : ※

※

あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉアイウエオァィゥェォ

-2a b c ＡＢＣ 2 2かきくけこカキクケコ

-3d e f ＤＥＦ 3 3さしすせそサシスセソ

-4g h i ＧＨＩ44たちつてとっタチツテトッ

-5j k l ＪＫＬ 5 5なにぬねのナニヌネノ

-6m n o ＭＮＯ 6 6はひふへほハヒフヘホ

-7p q r s ＰＱＲＳ 7 7まみむめもマミムメモ

-8t u v ＴＵＶ 8 8やゆよゃゅょヤユヨャュョ

-9w x y z ＷＸＹＺ 9 9らりるれろラリルレロ

-00 □ (space) 0わをんゎ

□

(space)

ワヲン ※1

□

(space)

-a

※2

＊゛゜

※3゛゜

-s，！？￥＆（）＊

＃ "

’

＝＾＋；＃、。・！？、。・！？

￣

ヮ

.ne.jp .co.jp .or.jp .com http:/

/www.

https://www.

@docomo.ne.jp

502

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method)

Kanji/Hiragana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

1あいうえおＡＢＣＤＥ

2かきくけこＦＧＨＩＪ

3さしすせそＫＬＭＮＯ

4たちつてとＰＱＲＳＴ

5なにぬねのＵＶＷＸＹ

6はひふへほＺ？！／

7まみむめも￥＆

8や（ゆ）よ＊＃

9らりるれろ１２３４５

0わをん゛゜６７８９０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

1ぁぃぅぇぉ abcde

2fghij

3klmno

4っpq r s t

5uvwxy

8ゃゅょ

0ゎ、。

First digit

Katakana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

アイウエオＡＢＣＤＥ

カキクケコＦＧＨＩＪ

サシスセソＫＬＭＮＯ

タチツテトＰＱＲＳＴ

ナニヌネノＵＶＷＸＹ

ハヒフヘホＺ？！−／

マミムメモ￥＆

ヤ

(

ユ

)

ヨ＊＃

ラリルレロ１２３４５

ワヲン゛゜６７８９０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

ァィゥェォａｂｃｄｅ

ｆｇｈｉｊ

ｋｌｍｎｏ

ッｐｑｒｓｔ

ｕｖｗｘｙ

ｚ

ャュョ

ヮ※

，．

First digit

Alphabet input mode

Second digit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

＄％ ’＋ａｂｃｄｅ

2，

．：；＜ｆｇｈｉｊ

3＝

＞＠［］ｋｌｍｎｏ

4＾

＿‘

※1`※2

｛｜ｐｑｒｓｔ

5｝

￣

※1~※2

ｕｖｗｘｙ

ｚ？！−／

￥＆

（）＊＃

１２３４５

６７８９０

First digit

: Switches between uppercase input mode and lowercase input

mode.

※1: Displayed when entering characters in full pitch.

※2: Displayed when entering characters in half pitch.

Information

pA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank

where no character is assigned.

pIn Kanji/Hiragana or Katakana input mode, you can enter “ ゛” and

“ ゜” also by pressing -a just after entering a character. For “ ゛

”, press -a once. For “ ゜”, press -a twice.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one

second in Numeral input mode.

503

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method)

Kanji/Hiragana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

1あいうえお．−＠＿１

2かきくけこ abc

２

3さしすせそ de f３

4たちつてとっ gh i４

5なにぬねの jkl

５

6はひふへほ mn o６

7まみむめも pq r s

７

8やゆよゃゅょ tuv

８

9らりるれろwxyz

９

0わをん、。・ !?

０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

1ぁぃぅぇぉ

2ヵヶ ABC

3DEF

4っつ

GH I

5JKL

6MNO

7PQRS

8ゃゅょやゆよ TUV

9WXYZ

0ゎ

First digit

Katakana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

アイウエオ．−＠＿１

カキクケコａｂｃ２

サシスセソｄｅｆ３

タチツテトッｇｈｉ４

ナニヌネノｊｋｌ５

ハヒフヘホｍｎｏ６

マミムメモｐｑｒｓ７

ヤユヨャュョｔｕｖ８

ラリルレロｗｘｙｚ９

ワヲン、。ー・！？０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

ァィゥェォ

ＡＢＣ

ＤＥＦ

ッツＧＨＩ

ＪＫＬ

ＭＮＯ

ＰＱＲＳ

ャュョヤユヨＴＵＶ

ＷＸＹＺ

First digit

Information

pA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank

where no character is assigned.

pYou can enter “ ゛” and “ ゜” by pressing -a. For “ ゛”, press

-a once. For “ ゜”, press -a twice. In Kanji/Hiragana input

mode, you can enter them by pressing the key just after entering a

character.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one

second in Numeral input mode.

504

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

When “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, symbols are read aloud.

Symbol List

Symbol

Voice guidance

、−

。−

，コンマ

※1

．ドット

※1

・テン

：コロン

；セミコロン

？ギモンフ

※1

！カンタンフ※1

゛ダクテン

゜ハンダクテン

´−

｀−

¨ ウムラウト

＾ヤマガタキゴウ※1

￣オーバーライン

＿アンダーライン

ヽ−

ヾ−

⇅−

⇆−

〃−

仝ドウ

々−

⅞シメ

〇ゼロ

チョーオン※2

―ダッシュ

‐ハイフン

／スラッシュ

＼バックスラッシュ

∼カラ

※3

‖−

｜タテセン※1

… テンテンテン

‥ テンテン

‘−

’ アポストロフィ※1

“−

” インヨウフ※1

（カッコ

）トジカッコ

〔カッコ

〕トジカッコ

［カッコ

］トジカッコ

｛カッコ

｝トジカッコ

〈カッコ

〉トジカッコ

《カッコ

》トジカッコ

「カギカッコ

」トジカギカッコ

『カギカッコ

』トジカギカッコ

【カッコ

】トジカッコ

＋プラス

− マイナス※4

± プラスマイナス

×カケル

÷ワル

＝イコール

Symbol

Voice guidance

≠ ノットイコール

＜ショーナリ

＞ダイナリ

≦ ショーナリイコール

≧ ダイナリイコール

∞ ムゲンダイ

∴ユエニ

♂オス

♀メス

°ド

′フン

″ビョー

℃ドシー

￥エン

＄ドル

￠セント

￡ポンド

％パーセント

＃イゲタ

＆アンド

＊アスタリスク

＠アットマーク

§ セクション

☆ホシ

★クロホシ

○マル

●クロマル

◎ ニジューマル

◇ヒシガタ

◆ クロヒシガタ

□シカク

■ クロシカク

Symbol

Voice guidance

△サンカク

▲ クロサンカク

▽ ギャクサンカク

▼ クロギャクサンカク

※ コメジルシ

〒ユービンバンゴー

→ ミギヤジルシ

← ヒダリヤジルシ

↑ ウエヤジルシ

↓ シタヤジルシ

〓ゲタキゴー

∈ゾクスル

∋フクム

⊆ ブブンシューゴー

⊇ ブブンシューゴーフク

ム

⊂

シンブブンシューゴー

⊃ シンブブンシューゴー

フクム

∪ガッペー

∩ キョーツー

∧オヨビ

∨マタワ

￢ヒテー

⇒ナラバ

⇔ドーチ

∀スベテノ

∃アル

∠カク

⊥ スイチョク

͡コ

∂ ラウンドディー

Symbol

Voice guidance

∇ ナブラ

≡ ゴードー

≒ ニアリーイコール

≪

ショーナリショーナリ

≫ ダイナリダイナリ

√ ルート

∽ ソージ

∝ ヒレー

∵ ナゼナラバ

∫ インテグラル

∬ ダブルインテグラル

Å オングストローム

‰ パーミル

♯ シャープ

♭ フラット

♪ オンプ

† ダガー

‡ ダブルダガー

¶ ダンラクキゴー

⃝マル

ゐイ

ゑエ

ヰイ

ヱエ

ヴヴ

ヵカ

ヶケ

Α アルファ

Β ベータ

Γ ガンマ

Δ デルタ

Ε イプシロン

Symbol

Voice guidance

505

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Symbol

Voice guidance

Ζゼータ

Ηイータ

Θシータ

Ιイオタ

Κカッパ

Λラムダ

Μミュー

Νニュー

Ξグザイ

Ο オミクロン

Πパイ

Ρロー

Σシグマ

Τタウ

Υ ユプシロン

Φファイ

Χカイ

Ψプサイ

Ωオメガ

αアルファ

βベータ

γガンマ

δデルタ

ε イプシロン

ζゼータ

ηイータ

θシータ

ιイオタ

κカッパ

λラムダ

μミュー

νニュー

ξグザイ

ο オミクロン

πパイ

ρロー

σシグマ

τタウ

υ ユプシロン

φファイ

χカイ

ψプサイ

ωオメガ

Аアー

Бベー

Вヴェー

Гゲー

Дデー

Еイェー

Ёヨー

Жジェー

Зゼー

Иイー

Й イークラトコエ

Кカー

Лエリ

Мエム

Нエヌ

Оオー

Пペー

Рエル

Сエス

Тテー

Уウー

Фエフ

Хハー

Цツェー

Чチェー

Шシャー

Щ シチャー

Ъ ツボルディーズナーク

Ыウイ

Symbol

Voice guidance

ミャーフィーズナーク

Эエー

Юユー

Яヤー

аアー

бベー

вヴェー

гゲー

дデー

еイェー

ёヨー

жジェー

зゼー

иイー

й イークラトコエ

кカー

лエリ

мエム

нエヌ

оオー

пペー

рエル

сエス

тテー

уウー

фエフ

хハー

цツェー

чチェー

шシャー

щシチャー

ツボルディーズナーク

ыウイ

ミャーフィーズナーク

эエー

юユー

Symbol

Voice guidance

яヤー

─−

│−

┌−

┐−

┘−

└−

├−

┬−

┤−

┴−

┼−

━−

┃−

┏−

┓−

┛−

┗−

┣−

┳−

┫−

┻−

╋−

┠−

┯−

┨−

┷−

┿−

┝−

┰−

┥−

┸−

╂−

①マルイチ

②マルニ

③マルサン

Symbol

Voice guidance

④マルヨン

⑤マルゴ

⑥マルロク

⑦マルナナ

⑧マルハチ

⑨ マルキュー

⑩ マルジュー

⑪ マルジューイチ

⑫ マルジューニ

⑬ マルジューサン

⑭ マルジューヨン

⑮ マルジューゴ

⑯ マルジューロク

⑰ マルジューナナ

⑱ マルジューハチ

⑲ マルジューキュー

⑳ マルニジュー

Ⅰイチ

Ⅱニ

Ⅲサン

Ⅳヨン

Ⅴゴ

Ⅵロク

Ⅶナナ

Ⅷハチ

Ⅸキュー

Ⅹジュー

㍉ミリ

㌔キロ

㌢センチ

㍍メートル

㌘グラム

㌧トン

㌃アール

㌶ヘクタール

㍑リットル

Symbol

Voice guidance

506

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

※1 Does not read aloud if it is not for a URL or mail address.

※2 When it follows a hiragana, katakana, or kanji character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.

※3 When it follows a hiragana or katakana character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.

※4 Reads it aloud “ハイフン (hyphen)” if it is for a URL or mail address.

On the Character Entry (Edit) display, enter “きごう” to convert it to bring up symbol candidates. Further, you can enter characters listed below to

convert them into respective symbols.

Symbol

Voice guidance

㍗ワット

㌍カロリー

㌦ドル

㌣セント

㌫パーセント

㍊ミリバール

㌻ページ

㎜ミリメートル

㎝センチメートル

㎞キロメートル

㎎ミリグラム

㎏キログラム

㏄シーシー

㎡ヘーホーメートル

㍻ヘーセー

〝−

〟−

№ ナンバー

Symbol

Voice guidance

㏍ケーケー

℡デンワ

㊤マルウエ

㊥マルナカ

㊦マルシタ

㊧マルヒダリ

㊨マルミギ

㈱カッコカブ

㈲カッコユー

Symbol

Voice guidance

㈹カッコダイ

㍾メージ

㍽タイショー

㍼ショーワ

≒ ニアリーイコール

≡ゴードー

∫ インテグラル

∮ファイ

∑シグマ

Symbol

Voice guidance

√ ルート

⊥ スイチョク

∠カク

∟ チョッカク

⊿ サンカッケー

∵ ナゼナラバ

∩ キョーツー

∪ ガッペー

Symbol

Voice guidance

Information

pSpecial symbols “①” through “∪” might not be correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or personal computers. Further, you cannot enter

special symbols of into the text of SMS messages, and they are replaced by half-pitch spaces.

Symbol Candidate List

Input Conversion

おなじ〃々

から ∼

かんま，

こんま，

たてせん ‖｜

てんてん … ‥

りーだ …

しめ ⅞

かっこ ‘’ “”（）〔〕

［］｛｝〈〉《》

「」『』【】

たす＋

ひく −

ぷらすまいなす

かける ×

わる ÷

いこーる＝

ふとうごう＜＞≦≧

しょうなり＜

だいなり＞

しょうなり

いこーる ≦

だいなり

いこーる ≧

むげんだい ∞

おす ♂

Input Conversion

めす ♀

ならば ⇒

どうち ⇔

にありいこーる

≒

ちいさい ≪

おおきい ≫

るーと √

ど°℃

ふん ′

びょう ″

どる＄

せんと￠

ぽんど￡

Input Conversion

せつ §

ほし＊☆★

あっと＠

まる。○●

◎〇

しかく ◇◆□■

さんかく △▲▽▼

こめ ※

ゆうびん〒

やじるし →←↑↓

うえ ↑

した ↓

みぎ →

Input Conversion

ひだり ←

あすたりすく＊

おんぐすと

ろーむ Å

しゃーぷ＃

ふらっと ♭

おんぷ ♪

だがー †

だぶるだがー ‡

だんらく ¶

おーむ Ω

でんわ ℡

Input Conversion

507

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

When “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, pictographs are read aloud.

Pictograph List

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ハートマーク

ユレルハートマーク

シツレンマーク

フクスーハート

マーク

ワーイマーク

プンプンマーク

ガクーマーク

モウヤダーマーク

フラフラマーク

ルンルンマーク

オンセンマーク

カワイイマーク

チュッマーク

ピカピカマーク

ヒラメキマーク

ムカッマーク

パンチマーク

バクダンマーク

ムードマーク

ネムイマーク

ビックリマーク

ビックリハテナマーク

ニジュービックリ

マーク

ドーンマーク

アセアセマーク

アセタラーッマーク

ダッシュマーク

ウーマーク

ウーンマーク

グッドマーク

バッドマーク

ミギナナメウエ

ヤジルシマーク

ミギナナメシタ

ヤジルシマーク

ヒダリナナメウエ

ヤジルシマーク

ヒダリナナメシタ

ヤジルシマーク

ハレマーク

クモリマーク

アメマーク

ユキマーク

カミナリマーク

タイフーマーク

キリマーク

コサメマーク

オヒツジザマーク

オウシザマーク

フタゴザマーク

カニザマーク

シシザマーク

オトメザマーク

テンビンザマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

サソリザマーク

イテザマーク

ヤギザマーク

ミズガメザマーク

ウオザマーク

スポーツマーク

ヤキューマーク

ゴルフマーク

テニスマーク

サッカーマーク

スキーマーク

バスケットマーク

モータースポーツ

マーク

ページャマーク

デンシャマーク

チカテツマーク

シンカンセンマーク

セダンマーク

アールブイマーク

バスマーク

フネマーク

ヒコーキマーク

イエマーク

ビルマーク

ユービンキョク

マーク

ビョーインマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ギンコーマーク

エーティーエム

マーク

ホテルマーク

コンビニマーク

ガソリンスタンド

マーク

チューシャジョー

マーク

シンゴーマーク

トイレマーク

レストランマーク

キッサテンマーク

バーマーク

ビールマーク

ファーストフード

マーク

ブティックマーク

ビヨーインマーク

カラオケマーク

エーガマーク

ユーエンチマーク

オンガクマーク

アートマーク

エンゲキマーク

イベントマーク

チケットマーク

キツエンマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

キンエンマーク

カメラマーク

カバンマーク

ホンマーク

リボンマーク

プレゼントマーク

バースデーマーク

デンワマーク

ケータイデンワ

マーク

メモマーク

テレビマーク

ゲームマーク

シーディーマーク

ハートマーク

スペードマーク

ダイヤマーク

クラブマーク

メマーク

ミミマーク

グーマーク

チョキマーク

パーマーク

アシマーク

クツマーク

メガネマーク

クルマイスマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

508

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

シンゲツマーク

カケヅキマーク

ハンゲツマーク

ミカヅキマーク

マンゲツマーク

イヌマーク

ネコマーク

リゾートマーク

クリスマスマーク

カチンコマーク

フクロマーク

ペンマーク

ヒトカゲマーク

イスマーク

ヨルマーク

スーンマーク

オンマーク

エンドマーク

トケーマーク

デンワヘマーク

メールヘマーク

ファックスヘマーク

アイモードマーク

メールマーク

ドコモテーキョーマーク

ドコモポイント

マーク

ユーリョーマーク

ムリョーマーク

アイディーマーク

パスワードマーク

ツギアリマーク

クリアマーク

サーチマーク

ニューマーク

イチジョーホー

マーク

フリーダイヤル

マーク

シャープダイヤル

マーク

モバキューマーク

シカクイチ

シカクニ

シカクサン

シカクヨン

シカクゴ

シカクロク

シカクナナ

シカクハチ

シカクキュー

シカクゼロ

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ケッテーマーク

アイアプリマーク

ティーシャツマーク

ガマグチサイフマーク

ケショーマーク

ジーンズマーク

スノボマーク

チャペルマーク

ドアマーク

ドルブクロマーク

パソコンマーク

ラブレターマーク

レンチマーク

エンピツマーク

オーカンマーク

ユビワマーク

スナドケーマーク

ジテンシャマーク

ユノミマーク

ウデドケーマーク

ムムマーク

ホッマーク

ヒヤアセマーク

プクッマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ボケーッマーク

ラブラブマーク

オーケーマーク

アッカンベーマーク

ウィンクマーク

ウレシイマーク

ガマンマーク

ネコマーク

ナキマーク

ナミダマーク

エヌジーマーク

クリップマーク

コピーライトマーク

トレードマーク

ハシルヒトマーク

マルヒマーク

リサイクルマーク

レジストレッドマーク

キケンマーク

キンシマーク

クーシツマーク

ゴーカクマーク

マンシツマーク

サユーマーク

ジョーゲマーク

ガッコーマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ナミマーク

フジサンマーク

クローバーマーク

サクランボマーク

チューリップマーク

バナナマーク

リンゴマーク

ワカバマーク

モミジマーク

サクラマーク

オニギリマーク

ショートケーキ

マーク

トックリマーク

ドンブリマーク

パンマーク

カタツムリマーク

ヒヨコマーク

ペンギンマーク

サカナマーク

ウマイマーク

ウッシッシマーク

ウママーク

ブタマーク

ワイングラスマーク

ゲッソリマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

Information

pPictographs are all counted as full-pitch characters.

pPictographs are not correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or to personal computers. Further, the pictographs from “ ” through “ ”

are correctly displayed only when sent to i-mode phones which support those pictographs.

509

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Common Phrase List

No. Expressions

“Greetings” folder

1 Good morning

2 Good afternoon

3 Good evening

4 Good night

5I’m going

6 Have a nice day

7I’m back

8 Welcome back

9 I’m sorry

10 Good-bye

“Business” folder

1 Your cooperation is greatly appreciated

2 We always appreciate your business

3 Please send my best regards to everyone

4 Thank you very much for the other day

5 How’s everything?

6 I will be late

7 See you later

8 All right

9 Check urgently!

10 Call me

No. Expressions

“Internet” folder

1 @docomo.ne.jp

2 .ne.jp/

3.co.jp/

4 .or.jp/

5 .ac.jp/

6.com/

7 http://www.

8 https://www.

9www.

10 .html

“Smiley 1” folder

“Smiley 2” folder

510

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

○: Can start.

△: Can start by condition.

×: Cannot start simultaneously. The current communication continues (the started communication is rejected).

※1: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, you can make another call with the current voice call put on hold.

※2: In the condition of the maximum number of voice line+1, you can activate Voice Mail, Call Waiting, or Call Forwarding.(See page 446, page 448, and page 450)

※3: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, “Voice mail”, or “Call forwarding”, you can answer an incoming call after finishing a call or communication. (See page 454)

※4: The call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.

※5: “ (pink)” appears to notify of incoming mail.

※6: The FOMA phone works in accordance with the setting of “PushTalk arrival act”.

※7: Only when you are the caller, you can make calls to add members.

※8: i-mode communication is cut off, and you can make a call.

※9: The FOMA phone works in accordance with the setting of “V-phone while packet”.

※10: The FOMA phone works in accordance with the setting of “i-mode arrival act”.

※11: For i-mode mail and SMS, you can use a single line each at a time.

※12: This is the case for when you are upgrading or downloading an i-αppli program.

Multiaccess Combination Patterns

Communication event

Communication status

Voice call Videophone call PushTalk i-mode i-mode mail SMS i-αppli

ppli

software

running

Packet communication

(Data communication)

64K data

communication

Outgoing Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing Incoming

Connecting

Sending

Receiving

Sending

Receiving

Outgoing Outgoing

Sending

Receiving

Sending

Receiving

Voice call △

※

△

※

××

※

××

※

○○△

※

○△

※

××○△

※

××

※

Videophone call ××

※

××

※

××

※

××××△

※

××××××

※

PushTalk ×△

※

××

※

××××△

※

××××××

i-mode ○○△

※

△

※

△

※

△

※

×○○○○××××××

i-mode mail ○○△

※

△

※

△

※

△

※

○×××△

※

××××××

SMS ○○○○○○○×△

※

×△

※

○○○△

※

○△

※

i-αppli※12 ×○×△

※

×△

※

××△

※

×△

※

××××××

i-αppli software

running ○○△

※

△

※

△

※

△

※

×○△

※

○△

※

××××××

Packet communication

(Data communication)

○○××

※

×××××○○××××

※

××

64K data

communication ××

※

××

※

××××××○××××××

※

511

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

When the functions in the same group ( part in the table) conflict, the display for switching the active function appears. However, it might not

appear depending on the operation.

○: Can be activated simultaneously. ×: Cannot be activated simultaneously.

※1: While a PDF file is displayed, the i-mode group is in use. However, 1Seg programs or “1Seg” in Data Box cannot be activated simultaneously.

※2: You cannot use it depending on the function.

※3: You cannot use Multitask to start up “Receive Ir data” and “SD-PIM”.

※4: You cannot use Multitask to start up “UIM operation”. You cannot start up “Restrictions” while another function is in use, either.

※5: The functions not belonging to the Tool group are included.

※6: You cannot start up “Caller ID notification” and “2in1 setting” during a call.

※

7: LifeKit functions you can start up during a call are limited to “Bar code reader”, still image shooting of “Camera”, “Bluetooth”, “GPS”, “Text reader”, and “Data Security Service”.

※8: Stationery functions you can start up during a call are limited to “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Text memo”, “Calculator”, and “

使いかたナビ

(Guide)”.

※9: During a call, you can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “拒否 (Reject)”, you can provide your location information.

Multitask Combination Patterns

Started

function

Function

in operation

Voice

call

Video

phone

call

Push

Talk Mail

i-mode group Setting group Tool group Private

※2

i-mode

※1i-αppli Settings

※2Service Data

box※1

LifeKit

※3

Phone

book

※4

Stationery

MUSIC

※51Seg※5

Osaifu-

Keitai

※5

Voice call ×××○○×○○

※6×○

※7○○

※8××○○

Videophone call ××××××××××

※9××××××

PushTalk ××××××××××

※9××××××

Mail ○○○×○○○○○○○○○○○○

i-mode※1○○○○××○○○○○○○○○○

i-αppli ○○○○××○○○○○○○

※10 ○※10 ○○

Settings※2○○○○○○××○○○○○○○○

Service ○○○○○○××○○○○○○○○

Data box※1※11 ○○○○○○○○× × × × × × ×○

LifeKit※3○※12 ○※12 ○※12 ○※13 ○○○○× ×※14 × × × × ×○

Phonebook※4○○○○○○○○× ×※14 ××○××○

Stationery ○○○○○○○○× ×※14 ××○

※16 ××○

MUSIC※5○※17 ○※17 ○※17 ○※18 ○○

※10 ○○

※19 ○

※17※20 ×※15 ○○

※16 ××○○

1Seg※5○※17 ○※17 ○※17 ○○○

※10 ○○× × × × × × ×○

Osaifu-Keitai※5○○○○○○○○× × × ×○××○

512

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

※10: For some i-αppli programs, MUSIC or 1Seg cannot be simultaneously activated, and Play Background is not available.

※11: If you use Multitask to switch functions while you are using the Picture viewer (microSD card), i-motion player, Video player, Chara-den player, or Melody player, or while

playing back a demo from “MUSIC” in Data Box, display or playback ends. You cannot switch functions while you are editing an i-motion movie.

※12: Playback/Recording stops when a call comes in while you are playing back “Record message”, “Videophone record message”, “Voice memo”, or “Movie memo”, or while

recording “Voice memo”. When a call comes in while you are scanning data using “Bar code reader” or “Text reader”, the data being scanned is discarded.

※13: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in while you are scanning data using “Bar code reader” or “Text reader”, the data being scanned

is discarded.

※14: You can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “

拒否

(Reject)”, you can provide your location information.

※15: You can simultaneously start it with “Bar code reader”, “Camera”, “GPS”, “Text reader”, or “Voice recorder”. However, Play Background is not available for these functions other

than “GPS”.

※16: You cannot simultaneously start MUSIC with “使いかたナビ (Guide)”.

※17: Play Background is not available.

※18: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in, the playback is suspended.

※19: You cannot use “2in1 setting” and “Chaku-moji”.

※20: You cannot simultaneously start “MUSIC Player”, “MUSIC”, “Music&Video Channel”, and “PC Movie”.

513

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Services Available with FOMA Phones

Available services Phone number

Directory assistance service

(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)

※Listed phone numbers only can be given.

(No prefix) 104

Telegrams (Telegram charges apply) (No prefix) 115

Time check (Charges apply) (No prefix) 117

Weather forecast (Charges apply) City code of the desired

area + 177

Emergency calls to police (No prefix) 110

Emergency calls to fire station and ambulance (No prefix) 119

Emergency calls for accidents at sea (No prefix) 118

Disaster messaging service (Charges apply) (No prefix) 171

Collect calls (Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee) (No prefix) 106

Information

pWhen using the collect call (106), the recipient is charged a call fee and handling fee

¥90 (¥94.5 with tax) for each call. (As of March 2008)

pWhen using the directory assistance service (104), you are charged a guidance fee

¥100 (¥105 with tax) plus a call fee. For whom having weak eyesight or handicapped

arms, the guidance is available charge free. For more details, dial 116 (NTT inquiry

counter) from landline phones. (As of March 2008)

pThis FOMA phone supports “Emergency Location Report”.

When you make an emergency call such as at 110/118/119, information about the

place where you are dialing from (location information) is automatically notified to

emergency-response agencies such as police stations. It might happen that your

correct location is not detected by emergency-response agencies depending on the

location you dialed or radio wave conditions.

When your location information is notified, the name of emergency-response agency

is displayed on the Stand-by display.

When you do not notify your phone number by call such as by adding “184”, your

location information and phone number are not notified. However, when an

emergency-response agency has judged that the location information and phone

number should be detected because of emergency priority such as protection of

human life, they might be notified regardless of your setting.

The region and timing “Emergency Location Report” is introduced vary depending on

the preparation of respective emergency-response agencies.

pWhen you make a call at 110/119/118 from the FOMA phone, tell an operator that you

are calling from a mobile phone and then precisely notify your phone number and

actual location. Further, remain still while talking to prevent your call from being

disconnected. Do not turn off the power immediately after the call, but instead make

sure that your phone can receive calls for at least 10 minutes.

pYou might not be connected to regional police/fire station depending on the area from

where you call. If this happens, use public phones nearby or landline phones.

pIf you use “Call Forwarding Service” for the landline phone and specify a mobile

phone as the forwarding destination, callers may hear ringing tone even when the

mobile phone is busy, out of the service area, or the power is turned off depending on

the settings of the landline phone/mobile phone.

pNote that the FOMA phone is not available to 116 (NTT inquiry counter), Dial Q2,

Message Dial, and credit call services. (You can use auto credit call to the FOMA

phone from landline phones or public phones.)

Information

514

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Combining various options with the FOMA phone, you can realize more

versatile use from personal purpose to business purposes. Some

products may not be dealt in depending on the area. For details, consult

a handling counter such as a DoCoMo shop. For details on options, refer

to the user’s manuals of respective options and related equipment.

・Battery Pack P16

・Back Cover P26

・FOMA AC Adapter 01/02※1

・FOMA AC Adapter 01 for Global use※1

・FOMA DC Adapter 01/02

・FOMA Portable Charging Adapter 01

・FOMA Dry Battery Adapter 01

・Desktop Holder P27

・FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02※2

・FOMA USB Cable※2

・FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna※3

・FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna (Stand Type)※3

・Carry Case L 01

・In-Car Holder 01

・Flat-plug AV Output Cable P01

・Earphone/Microphone with Switch P001/P002※4

・Stereo Earphone Set P001※4

・Earphone Plug Adapter P001

・Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch P01/P02

・Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01

・Flat-plug Connector/Stereo Mini-jack Conversion Adapter P01

・Bluetooth Headset F01※5

・AC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01

・Wireless Earphone Set P01/02

・Bone conduction microphone/receiver

・In-Car Hands-Free Kit 01※6

・FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01

※1 See page 42 and page 43 for charging batteries using AC adapter.

※2 If you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.

※3 Use it in Japan only.

Introduction of Options and Related

Equipment

※4 Earphone Plug Adapter P001 is required.

※5 AC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01 is required.

※6 To use/charge the FOMA phone via cable connection (USB connection), FOMA

In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01 is required.

To play back moving images (MP4 format file) using your personal

computer, you need to have QuickTimePlayer (free) ver. 6.4 or higher (or

ver. 6.3 + 3GPP) of Apple Computer Inc.

You can download QuickTime from the following web page:

http://www.apple.com/jp/quicktime/download/ (Japanese only)

On the FOMA phone, you may be able to play back some moving images

in ASF format, which are saved from another AV equipment to the

microSD card. Also, you may be able to play back some moving images

recorded with the FOMA phone on another AV equipment. For

information about links with compatible AV equipment, refer to the

following:

http://panasonic.jp/mobile/ (Japanese only)

Introduction of Software for Playing Back

Moving Images

Information

pFor download, a personal computer connected to the Internet is required. You are

charged a communication fee to download.

pFor details such as operating environments, how to download, and how to operate,

refer to the web page above.

Links with AV Equipment

Inquiry Center for Links with Compatible AV Equipment

■Panasonic Mobile Communications Customer Service Center

From landline phones: 0120-15-8729

From mobile phones or PHSs: 045-938-4023

Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

(Excluding Saturdays, Sundays, national holidays, and specified holidays)

pMake sure that you dial the correct number.

515

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

pFirst of all, check to see if you need to update the software program and then

update it if required. See page 528 for how to update software programs.

Troubleshooting

Problem Check point

Reference

The FOMA phone

does not turn on.

(Cannot use)

pMake sure the battery is attached to the FOMA

phone correctly.

pMake sure the battery is fully charged.

pIf the mova is usable in Dual Network Service, the

FOMA phone service is not available. Is the FOMA

phone usable? For details, refer to “Mobile Phone

User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

452

Cannot dial by

pressing numeric

keys.

pMake sure Keypad Dial Lock is deactivated.

pMake sure Restrict Dialing is deactivated.

pMake sure Lock All is deactivated.

pMake sure Self Mode is deactivated.

140

143

134

135

Dial but cannot

connect; a busy tone

sounds.

pEnter the phone number after you hear the dial

tone.

—

Dial but cannot

connect; the guidance

is played back telling

that confirm usage

method.

pMake sure the phone number contains a city code. 50

“ ” appears and

cannot make calls.

pYou may be out of the service area or weak radio

waves are being received.

pThis may be because “Switch 3G/GSM” is set to

“GSM/GPRS”.

477

“ ” and “Lock all”

are displayed and

pressing keys are

null.

pThis may be because Lock All is activated. 134

Pressing the side

keys does not work

when the FOMA

phone is closed.

pThis may be because “Side keys guard” is set to

“ON”.

141

Alert beeps. pThe battery runs short. You need to charge. 42

Cannot charge.

(The Call/Charging

indicator of the

FOMA phone does

not light, or it

flickers.)

pMake sure the battery is attached to the FOMA

phone correctly.

pMake sure the power plug of the adapter is

securely inserted into outlet.

pMake sure the adapter and the FOMA phone is

firmly connected. For AC adapter (option), make

sure its connector is firmly connected to the FOMA

phone or a desktop holder (option).

The display grows

dark, showing

nothing.

pMake sure Power Saver Mode is deactivated. 118

Different ring tones

sound for incoming

mail.

pThis may be the mail from a party whose mail ring

tone is set by the setting items in the Phonebook.

pThis may be the mail from a party stored in a group

set with a mail ring tone by Group Setting.

When a call or mail

message comes in,

the Call/Charging

indicator lights/

flickers differently.

pThis may be the call or mail message from a party

for whom you have set “Illumination/Mail

illumination” by setting items in the Phonebook.

pThis may be the call or mail message from a party

stored in a group set with “Illumination/Mail

illumination” by Group Setting.

Images or melodies

selected in the

functions are not

played back; they are

played back at the

default setting.

pMake sure the UIM that was inserted when you

obtained images or melodies is inserted.

Cannot count total

calls cost.

Make sure that total calls cost accumulated on the

UIM does not exceed the limit (about ¥16,770,000).

Perform Reset Total Cost to return to ¥0.

420

Cannot watch a 1Seg

program.

pYou may be out of the terrestrial digital TV

broadcasting service area or weak airwaves are

being received.

pMake sure the UIM is inserted.

pMake sure Channel Setting is set.

292

294

Cannot perform data

transfer

Make sure that you do not use a USB hub. If you

use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.

—

Problem Check point

Reference

516

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

p“(numerals)” in error messages are the code sent

from the i-mode Center for discriminating the error.

Error Messages

“Accept serial port devices” failed

…An error occurred during the standby for registering the

serial port, so the serial port was not placed on standby

for registration.

Activating

…Receive Option Setting is set to “OFF”. Switch the

setting to “ON” and try again. (See page 214)

Activating keypad dial lock

…Keypad Dial Lock is activated. Release Keypad Dial

Lock and try again. (See page 140)

Activating mail security

Cannot download

…Mail Security is activated, so you cannot download.

Deactivate Mail Security and try again.

(See page 142, page 224)

Activating personal data lock

…Personal Data Lock is set. Release Personal Data

Lock and try again. (See page 136)

Activating personal data lock

Send pre-installed substitute image

…During Personal Data Lock, a “Pre-installed” substitute

image is sent.

Activating record display OFF

…Record Display Set is set to “OFF”. Switch the setting

to “ON” and try again. (See page 141)

Activating reject unknown

…“Reject unknown” is set to “Reject”. Set to “Accept” and

try again. (See page 145)

Activating ring time

…“Ring time” is set to “ON”. Set to “OFF” and try again.

(See page 144)

Address is not valid (451)

…You could not send the mail correctly. Check the

address and try again. (See page 198, page 244)

All protected

Cannot delete

…All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted.

Release the protection and try again.

(See page 181, page 225, page 237)

Another function is active

Cannot connect

Another function is active

Cannot operate

Another function is active

Cannot switch

…The function is not available simultaneously in

Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again.

(See page 406)

Authentication failed

…An authentication error occurred.

Authentication type is not supported (401)

…Incompatible authentication type, so cannot be

connected.

Auto time adjust info is not received

Unable to play

…You have not received the auto time adjust information,

so could not play back the file with restrictions on the

playable period or playable deadline.

Cannot compose because too large data

…The size of the shot image is too large to attach to

i-mode mail.

Cannot dial

…An error occurred, so you could not dial.

Cannot display

…Corresponding software program is running. End the

software program and try again. (See page 252)

Cannot edit message

…The attached file reaches 10,000 bytes, so you cannot

enter the text.

Cannot execute because of other tasks

…The function is not available simultaneously in

Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again.

(See page 406)

Cannot recognize

…The text could not be scanned. Change Recognition

Mode or NEGA/POSI Mode, and scan the text again.

(See page 169)

Cannot record

…An error occurred, so you could not save.

Cannot resend

Send after edit

…The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that

can be entered, so you cannot re-send. Edit the text

again and send. (See page 225)

Cannot save

…The data could not be obtained from a site, so could

not be saved.

Cannot save some attached files

…Full of images, so part of the images could not be

stored into the Phonebook.

Cannot set this holiday

…The received holiday and already stored data are set to

the same date, so you cannot store it.

Cannot set this schedule

…The received schedule event and already stored data

are set to the same date and time, so you cannot store

it.

Cannot start any more functions

…The maximum number of functions is already running

using Multitask. End the functions not in use and try

again. (See page 406)

Cannot start because use mail folder

…Corresponding software program is running. End the

software program and try again. (See page 252)

Error Message (A - C)

517

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Cannot use network transmission

…“Network set” is set to “OFF”. Set it to “ON” and try

again. (See page 253)

Certificate is rejected

Certificate is rejected (tampered)

…You received an altered SSL/TLS certificate, so could

not connect.

Check new message is set all OFF

…No check marks are placed to the items for “Set check

new message”. Put a check mark for the items to be

checked and try again. (See page 234)

Check SMS center selection

…The SMS Center is not correctly specified by SMS

Center Selection. Specify the SMS Center and try

again. (See page 247)

Conditional access

Cannot watch

…Receiving by limited method, so you cannot watch.

Connection failed

…Failed to connect to the Bluetooth device while

switching the voice to it during the call.

…Radio waves are weak, so you cannot connect. Move

to a place where radio waves are strong enough and

try again.

…The destination address set by Host Selection is

wrong, so you cannot connect to it. Check the setting

and try again. (See page 189)

…You could not connect because of network trouble.

Wait a while and try again.

Connection failed (403)

…You cannot connect to a site or Internet web page.

Connection failed (503)

Connection failed (562)

…You could not connect because of network trouble.

Wait a while and try again.

Connection failed

Check the other side device

…The Bluetooth device is not compatible with the service

supported by the FOMA phone, so could not be

registered.

…The service you tried to connect to is invalid for the

other end’s Bluetooth device, so you could not connect

to it.

Connection interrupted

…Disconnected from the personal computer during data

communication.

Connection is not valid

…The destination address set by Host Selection is not

compatible, so you cannot operate. Check the setting

and try again. (See page 189)

…The user certificate is being operated, so you cannot

connect. Complete operating

the user certificate and try again.

Could not add

…An error occurred, so you could not store.

Could not be found

…No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could

not store or connect it.

Could not find your blinks

…Failed to detect your blinks. Change the direction of

your face or the place, and then try again.

(See page 140)

Data in IC card is full

Unable to download

Delete service?

…This is displayed when the memory space within the IC

card is short for downloading the i-αppli program that

supports Osaifu-Keitai.

Select “YES” to display the service names of Osaifu-

Keitai already registered and the space within the IC

card (in bytes). Check the area size for shortage, select

the service to delete, start up the i-αppli program, and

then delete it.

Data is full

…The maximum number of anniversaries is stored.

Delete unnecessary ones and try again.

(See page 413, page 414)

…The maximum number of holidays/anniversaries is

stored. Delete unnecessary ones and try again. (See

page 413, page 414)

…The maximum number of holidays is stored. Delete

unnecessary ones and try again.

(See page 413, page 414)

…The maximum number of Phonebook entries has been

stored in the FOMA phone, so you could not receive a

new one. Delete unnecessary Phonebook entries and

try again. (See page 100)

…The maximum number of schedule events has been

stored in the FOMA phone, so you could not receive a

new one. Delete unnecessary schedule events and try

again. (See page 413, page 414)

…The maximum number of ToDo items has been stored

in the FOMA phone, so you could not receive a new

one. Delete unnecessary ToDo items and try again.

(See page 416)

Data is too long

A part is deleted

…Characters for one (or plural) of address, subject, and

text of the mail exceeded the maximum, so part of

them was deleted.

Data not applicable

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

Data size is too big to save

…The file exceeded the maximum storable size by

setting “File restriction”, so could not be set.

Details cannot be saved

…The ToruCa detailed data was not supported, so was

not saved.

Error Message (C - D)

518

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Device list is full

No device to overwrite

…The maximum number of Bluetooth devices is stored,

so you cannot store any more. Delete unnecessary

Bluetooth devices. (See page 429)

Downloaded data exists

Cannot connect to network

…Save the PC movie on the Obtaining Completion

display, and then close the Obtaining Completion

display. (See page 321)

Downloading interrupted

…Another function was running or an error occurred, so

you could not download.

Editing now

Cannot delete

…Being used for another function, so you cannot delete.

End the function and try again.

(See page 406)

Enter zoom size

…No magnification is entered. Enter the magnification

and try again. (See page 375)

Enter “+” in right position

…“+” is wrongly positioned. Enter it to the beginning of

the phone number. (See page 60)

Error

…An error occurred, so you could not operate.

Error in image

Does not work correctly

…The Flash movie had an error, so you could not play it

back normally.

Failed in transmission

…An error occurred, so you could not perform iC

transmission.

Failed to authenticate

…An authentication error occurred.

Failed to get license file

…Failed to obtain the license information about the PC

movie, so cannot be played back.

Failed to read

…An error occurred while reading information from the

microSD card.

Failed to read

Quitting

…An error occurred when playing back the moving

image.

…The file cannot be read because you tried to play back

the file in the “Movable contents” folder with a UIM that

was not inserted when that file was saved. Insert the

UIM that was inserted when the file was saved, and try

again. (See page 39)

…The microSD card was removed while reading the

information from it. Insert the microSD card and try

again. (See page 355)

Failed to receive channel info

…Failed to obtain the i-Channel information because part

or all of it could not be obtained.

Failed to save

…An error occurred, so you could not copy the ToruCa

file.

…An error occurred, so you could not save.

…An error occurred, so you could not store.

…You could not save the shot image.

Failed to send Ir data

…An error occurred, so you could not send the data

using infrared rays.

Failed to set

…An error occurred, so you could not set.

Failed to store in PushTalk phonebook

…Could not be stored because the phone number was

the number that could not be stored in the PushTalk

Phonebook.

Format error

Insert microSD formatted

…The format of microSD card is incompatible with FOMA

P906i. Use FOMA P906i to format it. (See page 362)

iαppli stand-by display terminated due to security

error

…i-αppli DX has forcibly been ended. (See page 253)

iαppli To function is not set

“iαppli To” function is not set

…A check mark is not put for “Set iαppli To”, so you

cannot start up the i-αppli program. Put the check mark

and try again. (See page 253)

IC card function inactive

Unable to download

…IC card has been locked, so you could not download or

upgrade. Release IC Card Lock and try again. (See

page 275)

Image display is OFF

Cannot receive

…“Set image display” is set to “OFF”, so you cannot

obtain the image. Set to “ON” and try again.

(See page 188)

Image in message will be deleted

…The output-prohibited image from the FOMA phone is

attached to the mail text, so deleted.

i-mode Center is busy

Please try again later (555)

…The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait

a while and try again.

i-mode mail service is busy

Please try again later (553)

…The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.

Incomplete data

Unable to start

…The i-αppli program you tried to start up does not start

because partial data only is saved. Download the

whole i-αppli program and try again.

(See page 250)

Error Message (D - I)

519

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Input error (205)

…The entered contents are wrong. Check the contents

and try again.

Input too long

…Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the

number of characters and send again.

(See page 174)

Invalid

Cannot resend

…The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that

can be entered, so you cannot re-send.

Invalid code

…The entered USSD is incorrect. Enter the correct one.

(See page 462)

Invalid data

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

…You cannot play back the following PC movies:

・The data files other than Windows Media files or the

files with invalid contents

・The data file whose image size is larger than 320

dots x 240 dots, image bit rate is higher than 2 Mbps,

or voice bit rate is higher than 385 kbps

・If the server returns an unidentified response when

you try to download a savable data file.

・

When the streaming server is not supported by the

FOMA phone (The streaming servers supported by the

FOMA phone are Windows Media Services 4.1 and

Windows Media Services 9 only.)

Invalid data (xxx)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (xxx).

Invalid data

Data size is not supported (xxx)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded. A three-digit

numeral is displayed for (xxx).

Invalid func in this UIM

…The function cannot be operated from the inserted

UIM.

Invalid ID

…The entered ID is wrong. Enter the correct ID.

(See page 288)

Invalid UIM auto start not display

Invalid UIM

iαppli is unable to run

…You cannot start up the i-αppli program because of the

UIM restrictions. Insert the UIM which had been

inserted when the i-αppli program was downloaded

and try again. (See page 40)

Invalid UIM

Incorrect display

…The screen memo cannot be correctly displayed

because of the UIM restrictions. Insert the UIM that had

been inserted when the screen memo was saved, and

try again.

Invalid UIM

Requested service not available

Invalid UIM requested service not available

…You cannot operate because of the UIM restrictions.

Insert the UIM which had been inserted when the data

or file was obtained and try again. (See page 40)

Invalid UIM

Requested software failed to start

Invalid UIM requested software failed to start

…You cannot start up the i-αppli program because of the

UIM restrictions. Insert the UIM which had been

inserted when the data or file was obtained and try

again. (See page 40)

Invalid UIM

Unable to delete

Invalid UIM

Unable to download

Invalid UIM

Unable to move

Invalid UIM

Unable to start

Invalid UIM

Unable to upgrade

…You cannot move, start up, delete, download or

upgrade because a UIM different from the one set for

the IC card is inserted. Insert the UIM set for the IC

card, and try again. (See page 40)

Invalid URL

…The URL is invalid, so you cannot connect to the site or

the Internet web page.

Linked page is not downloaded

…The PDF file has a link but the linked end has not been

downloaded, so the linked page could not be

displayed.

Location provision failed

…An error occurred because the FOMA phone is out of

the service area or by other reasons, so it failed to

measure the current location or to provide the location

information. Move to a place where radio waves are

strong enough and try again.

以下の宛先にはメール送信できませんでした (561)

Mails could not be sent to following address. (561)

●●@△△△.ne.jp※

…You could not send the mail message correctly to the

displayed address.

※

The mail address differs depending on the destination.

Max cost icon is not displayed

…The Max Cost icon is not displayed, so cannot be

deleted.

Error Message (I - M)

520

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Memory full

…There is no usable memory space, so you cannot

operate.

Memory function active

Cannot operate

…The microSD card is in use, so you cannot set.

Memory No.：xxx

Cannot overwrite

…You cannot store in the same memory number with the

Phonebook entry stored as secret data. Store in a

different memory number.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (xxx).

(See page 95)

Memory shortage

…The memory space is not enough, so processing is

suspended. If displayed frequently, turn off and on the

power. (See page 45)

Memory shortage

Cancel update

Memory shortage

End document viewer

Memory shortage

Failed to create font effect

Memory shortage

Return to Access Setting

Memory shortage

Return to Full Browser menu

Memory shortage

Return to i-mode menu

Memory shortage

Return to ToruCa list

…The memory space is not enough, so processing is

suspended.

Network is not found

…You cannot connect to the specified network. However,

the connection is completed if the antenna icon

appears afterward.

No channel info

…The channel information cannot be downloaded, so

recommended channel mail cannot be composed.

No data in phonebook

Cannot operate

…The phone number and mail address of the other party

are not stored in the Phonebook. Store them and try

again. (See page 93)

No picture

…No frames to fit the size are found.

No response

…No Bluetooth devices were found around the FOMA

phone.

…Sending end was not found while using iC

communication.

No response (408)

…No response from the site or Internet web page, so you

could not connect to it. Try again.

No set melody

…This is displayed when you try to play back melodies

with the playlist unprogrammed. Program the melodies

and then play them back.

(See page 366)

Not notify phone No.

Cannot operate

…You could not start up because the other party’s phone

number was not notified.

Not registered

…An error occurred, so you could not store.

Not secret data

Cannot call

…You have switched to Secret Data Only, so you cannot

access. Release Secret Data Only and try again.

(See page 141)

Notification failed

…You failed to notify the current location because you

moved out the service area during the notification or by

other reasons. Move to a place where the radio waves

are strong enough and try again.

Operation failed

…An error occurred, so you could not set.

Operation may not be performed

…The microSD card is removed while it is in progress or

an error occurred, so it might be possible that no

operation is done. Check the “Movie” folder for the

data. (See page 338)

Other function active

Cannot operate

…The function is not available simultaneously in

Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again.

(See page 406)

Out of service

Out of service area

…Radio waves are not received. Move to a place where

the radio waves are strong enough and try again.

Page is not found (404)

…The site or Internet web page does not exist, or URL is

wrong. Check the URL and try again.

(See page 178)

PIN1 code blocked

Enter PUK

PIN1 code not recognized

…Three times erroneous entry of the PIN1 code blocks

the code. Enter the PUK (PIN unblock code). (See

page 134)

Please set “To type” receiver

…No address is in the “To” field. Fill in the “To” field and

try again. (See page 198, page 200)

Error Message (M - P)

521

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Please wait

…The audio line/packet communication facility has

trouble or the audio line network/packet communication

network is very congested. Wait a while and try again.

You can make calls at 110/119/118. However, calls

might not be connected by the situation.

…The packet communication facility has trouble or the

packet communication network is very congested. Wait

a while and try again.

Please wait for a while

…The audio line/packet communication facility has

trouble or the audio line network/packet communication

network is very congested. Wait a while and try again.

You can make calls at 110/119/118. However, calls

might not be connected by the situation.

Please wait for a while (packet)

…The packet communication facility has trouble or the

packet communication network is very congested. Wait

a while and try again.

Positioning failed

…An error occurred because the FOMA phone is out of

the service area or by other reasons, so it failed to

measure the current location or to provide the location

information. Move to a place where radio waves are

strong enough and try again.

Preparing

Cannot record

…You cannot record just after recording. Wait a while

and try again.

Protected all

Cannot delete

…All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted.

Release the protection and try again.

(See page 181, page 225, page 237)

Protected

Cannot delete

Protected mail

Cannot delete

Protected memo

Cannot delete

Protected message

Cannot delete

…Protected data, so could not be deleted. Release

protection and try again. (See page 237)

PUK blocked

PUK code blocked

PUK code not recognized

…Ten times erroneous entry of the PUK (PIN unblock

code) blocks the code. Contact the handling counter of

a DoCoMo shop.

Read error

…An error occurred while reading information from the

microSD card.

Received invalid data

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

Receiver cannot save data

…The receiving end blocks data.

Receiving failed

…The destination address set by Host Selection is

wrong, so you cannot select and receive. Check the

setting and try again. (See page 189)

Registration is in progress (554)

…You cannot operate because the user is being

registered. Wait a while and try again.

Replace with a new one or check the disk

…The microSD card formatting is abnormal. Execute

Check microSD. (See page 362)

Replay period has not yet started

…Playable date has not come yet, so you cannot play

back the file.

Retention period has expired (492)

…You could not download attached files held at the

i-mode Center because the save period had been over.

Return to normal style

…You cannot operate in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to

Normal Style and try. (See page 28)

Rewrite failed

…Failed to update the software program. Contact a

handling counter such as a DoCoMo shop.

Root certificate has expired

Terminate SSL session

…Expiration date of SSL certificate has passed, so the

connection is suspended.

Root certificate is not valid

…The SSL certificate of that server is set to “Invalid” for

“Certificate” setting. Set to “Valid” and try again. (See

page 190)

…The SSL/TLS certificate of that server is set to “Invalid”

for “Certificate” setting. Set to “Valid” and try again.

(See page 190)

Run software and delete data on IC card

Then delete software

…Data is left inside the IC card, so you cannot delete the

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program. Start up the

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program, delete the

stored data, and try again.

Secret data

…You have not switched to Secret Mode or Secret Data

Only, so cannot access.

Switch to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only and try

again. (See page 141)

Server is busy

…The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait

a while and try again.

…The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.

Error Message (P - S)

522

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Service is used by a previous software

Unable to download

Delete a service?

Service is used by a previous software

Unable to upgrade

Delete a service?

…When the software program with the service that uses

the same IC card has already been downloaded, you

cannot download or upgrade a new service unless you

delete the existing service that has already been

stored. Select “YES” to display the service to be

deleted, and then delete that service already stored.

Service unavailable

…The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.

Setting auto assist

Cannot delete

Setting auto assist

Cannot delete all

…The country code or international call access code set

by Auto Assist Setting cannot be deleted. Change/

Cancel the setting and try again.

(See page 61)

Setting IC card lock

…IC Card Lock is set. Release IC Card Lock and try

again. (See page 275)

Setting receive option

Cannot start

…Receive Option Setting is set to “ON”, so you cannot

start up. Switch to “OFF” and try again.

(See page 214)

Size of data is not supported

…Data size exceeded the maximum, so you could not

download normally.

Size of page is not supported

Size of this page is not supported

…The size of site or Internet web page is large, so

obtaining is suspended, and only obtained portion is

displayed.

Software for this folder deleted

Refer to Open folder

…The corresponding mail-linked i-αppli program has

been deleted.

Software for this folder exists

Cannot delete

…The corresponding mail-linked i-αppli program is

contained, so you cannot delete.

Software terminated due to security error

…i-αppli DX has forcibly been ended. (See page 253)

Software update active

Cannot operate

…You could not start up during updating the software

program. After the software update is completed, try

again.

Software update is aborted

Please retry

…The FOMA phone was turned off during updating the

software program. Try updating it again.

(See page 528)

Software upgraded

…The target software program is not updated, so you

cannot execute.

Some addresses are not valid

…Some addresses are incorrect. Enter the addresses

correctly and send. (See page 198, page 244)

Some data could not be copied

…The selected files contained ones that could not be

copied, so you could not copy some data.

Some data could not be moved

…The selected files contained ones that could not be

moved, so you could not move some data.

Some data could not be saved

…The selected files contained ones that could not be

copied to the FOMA phone or microSD card, so you

could not save some data.

Sort is full

Cannot add

…The maximum number of settings is already set.

Release unnecessary settings and try again.

(See page 232)

Specified page number is not valid

…The entered page number is invalid. Enter the correct

page number and try again.

(See page 375)

Specify max cost within ¥10-100,000

…Set the limit of Notice Call Cost to ¥10 through

¥100,000. (See page 420)

SSL session cannot be established

…Either an altered SSL certificate was received or an

SSL error occurred, so you could not connect.

SSL session failed

…An authentication error occurred at the server, so you

cannot connect.

SSL/TLS session cannot be established

…Either an altered SSL/TLS certificate was received or a

SSL/TLS error occurred, so you could not connect.

SSL/TLS session failed

…An authentication error occurred at the server, so you

cannot connect.

Switch to normal style to answer

…You cannot operate in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to

Normal Style and try. (See page 28)

Syntax error

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

System is restarted

…An error occurred, so the system is restarted and then

the Stand-by display returns.

This certificate has expired

Terminate SSL session

…Expiration date of SSL certificate has passed, so the

connection is suspended.

Error Message (S - T)

523

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

This certificate is not valid for this URL

Terminate SSL session

…The contents of this SSL certificate do not match, so

the connection is suspended.

This data is not valid

…You are trying to paste characters that cannot be used.

Check the characters to be pasted and try again. (See

page 442)

This file is not attachable

Cannot resend

…The output-prohibited file from the FOMA phone has

been attached to the mail, so you could not

re-send it.

This file is not valid

…The file is incompatible, so cannot be displayed.

This image is not valid

…The image could not be displayed normally, so cannot

be saved. Even if normally displayed, it may not be

saved depending on the file format.

This mail is broken

Cannot resend

…The size of the mail text is too large or the attachment

information about the text is damaged, so you could not

re-send.

This picture is not valid

…The image data is invalid, so cannot be displayed.

This site is not certified

Terminate SSL session

…This SSL certificate was not supported, so the

connection was suspended.

This software contains an error

Unable to download

…The software program contains invalid data, so cannot

be downloaded or upgraded.

This software is currently unavailable for use

…You cannot start up the software program because the

effective period is expired or the server has put it in

unavailable state.

This software is not supported by this phone

…The software program to be downloaded or upgraded

does not support the FOMA phone.

This UIM cannot be recognized

…An error occurred on the UIM or the PUK (PIN unblock

code) is blocked. Contact the handling counter of a

DoCoMo shop.

…Check to see if the correct UIM is inserted.

(See page 39)

This UIM cannot be recognized

Phone is restarted

…This UIM cannot be recognized correctly.

The system is restarted and then the Stand-by display

returns.

Time out

…Disconnected from the other end’s Bluetooth device

during entering a Bluetooth passkey.

…No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could

not store or connect it.

…The maximum stand-by time for “Accept dialup

devices” had elapsed, so “Accept dialup devices” was

deactivated.

Too much data was entered

…Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the

number of characters and send again.

(See page 174)

Transmission failed

Transmission failed (552)

Transmission failed (XXX)

…You could not send the mail correctly. A three-digit

numeral is displayed for (xxx).

Unable to acquire remaining data

Delete data

Unable to acquire remaining data,

Data deleted.

…An error occurred when downloading the remaining

data of the file that was partially saved, so the data was

deleted.

Unable to activate 1Seg.

Please activate the application after moving to FOMA

coverage

…You repeatedly watched 1Seg programs out of the

service area where you cannot connect to, so you

cannot start 1Seg. Move yourself into the FOMA

service area where you can connect to, and then try to

start 1Seg again.

Unable to change title

…You could not edit the title because entering no

characters or entering only space is disabled while

editing the title. Enter characters and try again.

(See page 331)

Unable to combine/bind

…You could not concatenate the scanned data. The

scanned data up to now is discarded.

Unable to compose

Unable to compose message

…You could not compose i-mode mail because the

FOMA phone was reading data. Wait a while and try

again.

Unable to dial

Switch to normal style to dial

…Cannot dial in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to Normal

Style and try again. (See page 28)

Unable to download

…Another function was running or an error occurred, so

you could not download.

…The data is invalid, so cannot be downloaded.

Error Message (T - U)

524

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Unable to download

Cancel update

…Another function was running or an error occurred, so

you could not download.

Unable to download

Data exceeds maximum size

…You tried to download the PDF file exceeding the

maximum size, so could not download it.

Unable to download

Data exceeds maximum size (452)

…You tried to receive data exceeding the maximum size,

so could not receive it.

Unable to edit file name

…You cannot change the file name to the one starting

with a period or containing prohibited characters except

half-pitch alphanumeric characters. Enter the correct

file name and try again. (See page 332)

Unable to input because of exceeding maximum size

…You could not enter the Deco-mail pictogram because

it exceeded the maximum size of the images to be

inserted.

Unable to move

…The i-αppli program is the one that cannot be moved to

the FOMA phone, so could not be moved from the

microSD card to the FOMA phone.

Unable to perform AV output

…An error occurred, so the AV output is suspended.

Unable to play because of wrong UIM or license info

…This music file cannot be played back due to UIM

restrictions. Insert the UIM you used for obtaining the

Chaku-uta Full® music file, and try again.

If the UIM is the one inserted for obtaining the Chaku-

uta Full® music file, the license information of the music

file in the FOMA phone is invalid, so cannot be played

back. Perform “Initialize” and try again. (See page 433)

Unable to retrieve the requested URL (504)

…No response from the server, so you cannot connect.

Unable to save

…The data could not be obtained from a site, so could

not be saved.

Unable to search any available channels

Unable to search any channels

…No broadcasting station was found that can receive

programs currently in the area.

Unable to select

…When selecting the end point for “Trim imotion”, you

tried to select the point before the start point or the

same point as the start point. So, the end point could

not be selected. Reselect the start point again, then

proceed. (See page 344)

Unable to send all Ir data

…All the selected files were output-prohibited from the

FOMA phone, so could not be sent.

Unable to set

…An error occurred, so you could not set.

Unable to set auto-update

…An error occurred, so you could not set “Set

auto-update”.

Unable to set for storage

…There are no unoccupied memory numbers within the

folder, so you cannot set.

Unable to support this card

…The inserted memory card cannot be used on FOMA

P906i. Use FOMA P906i compatible microSD card.

(See page 355)

Unable to switch audio data

…There is only one audio, so you cannot switch.

Unable to upgrade

…An error occurred, so you could not upgrade.

Unable to use B address history

Unable to use PushTalk from call logs of Number B

Unable to use PushTalk in B mode

…You cannot make a PushTalk call from Number B/

Address B while using 2in1. Switch to A Mode or Dual

Mode, or make a PushTalk call from Number A/

Address A. (See page 457)

Unable to use this function

…The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.

Unable to write

…You cannot write on the microSD card because it is

write-protected. Use external devices to unlock the

protection and try again.

Unsupported contents exist

…The data that the FOMA phone does not support is

contained.

Update pattern definitions

…An error occurred, so you cannot use Scanning

Function. Update the pattern data and try again. (See

page 534)

Updating program

…The program of Music&Video Channel is updating, so

you cannot download or play it back. Wait a while and

try again.

URL address is not valid

URL address is not valid (xxx)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded. A three-digit

numeral is displayed for (xxx).

Usage is currently restricted

Try again later

…When a Pake-Houdai/Pake-Houdai Full user

communicates a large amount of data within a certain

duration, the connection might be restricted for a

certain duration. Wait a while and try again.

Error Message (U)

525

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Using mail folder

Cannot delete

Using mail folder

Cannot download

Using mail folder

Cannot start

…Corresponding software program is running. End the

software program and try again. (See page 252)

Wait for a while to retry

…Currently, it is placed inactive. Wait a while and try

again.

Wrong PIN1 code

…The entered PIN1 code is wrong. Enter the correct one.

(See page 132)

Your HTTP version is not supported (xxx)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded. A three-digit

numeral is displayed for (xxx).

Error Message (U - Y)

526

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

pMake sure that you have received a warranty card provided at purchase. After

checking the contents of the warranty card as well as “Shop name and date of

purchase”, keep the warranty card in a safe place. If you notice that necessary items of

the warranty card are not filled in, immediately contact the shop where you purchased

the FOMA phone. The term of the warranty is one year from the date of purchase.

pAll or part of this product including the accessories may be modified for improvement

without notice.

pData stored in the Phonebook and others might be changed or lost owing to a

malfunction, repairs, or other mishandling of your FOMA phone. You are advised to

take a note of Phonebook entries and other files in preparation for such incidents. After

we repair your FOMA phone, we cannot move, with some exceptions, the information

downloaded by using i-mode or i-αppli to your repaired FOMA phone because of the

※The FOMA phone enables you to save data files such as Phonebook entries,

i-motion movies, or data files used for i-αppli to the microSD card.

※You can use Data Security Service (pay service that is available on a subscription

basis) to save the data files such as Phonebook entries from the FOMA phone to the

Data Storage Center.

※If you have a personal computer, you can transfer and save the data files from the

Phonebook to your personal computer by using the DoCoMo keitai datalink (see

page 470) via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or FOMA

USB Cable (option).

Warranty and Maintenance Services

Warranty ◎When there is a problem with the FOMA phone

Before asking repairs, check “Troubleshooting” in this manual.

If the problem remains unsolved, contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page

of this manual for malfunction and consult them.

◎When repairs are necessitated as a result of consultation:

Bring your FOMA phone to a repair counter specified by DoCoMo. Note that your

FOMA phone is accepted for repair during the repair counter’s business hours. Also,

make sure that you will bring the warranty card with you to the counter.

■In warranty period

・Your FOMA phone is repaired charge free in accordance with the terms of warranty.

・Make sure that you bring the warranty card to the counter for the repair. If you do not

show the warranty card, or when troubles or malfunctions are regarded to be

caused by your mishandling, the repair cost is charged even within the warranty

period.

・The cost for troubles caused by the use of devices and consumables other than

those specified by DoCoMo is charged even within the warranty period.

・For the damages of liquid crystal display, connector, etc. after purchase, the repair

cost is charged.

■Repairs may not be performed in the following cases:

When wet-detecting sticker is colored; when corrosion due to soaking, dew

condensation, or perspiration was found by the test; when the internal parts are

damaged or deformed, repair may not be feasible. Even if repair is feasible, repair due

to the reasons above is not covered by the warranty, so the repair cost is charged.

■After the warranty period

We will repair your FOMA phone on request (charges will apply).

■Spare parts availability period

The minimum storage period of the performance spare parts (parts required for

maintaining performance) for the FOMA phone is basically six years after the closure

of its production. Note, however, that your FOMA phone might not be repaired

depending on the parts because of shortage of the spare parts. Even after the storage

period, some FOMA phones can be repaired depending on the troubled portions.

Contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual.

Maintenance Services

527

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

◎Other points to note

pMake sure not to modify the FOMA phone or its accessories.

・Catching fire, giving injury, or causing malfunctions may result.

・For the repair of devices that the modification is applied to, we accept it if you

agree to have the modification reset. Further, we might reject to repair depending

on the conditions of the modification.

The following might be regarded as modifications:

・To put stickers, etc. onto the liquid crystal display or keys

・To decorate the FOMA phone using adhesives

・To replace the coverings etc. with those of other than DoCoMo genuine

・Repairs of troubles or malfunctions resulting from the modifications are charged

even within the warranty period.

Do not peel the nameplate off the FOMA phone.

The nameplate is a certificate for ensuring the technological standard. If someone

intentionally peel off the nameplate or replace it, the contents described in the

nameplate cannot be checked, as we cannot verify the conformity of the product to the

technical standard. Note that we may refuse repair for some malfunctions in this case.

pThe information such as function settings and Total Calls Duration, etc. might be

reset depending on troubles or repairs, or the way you handle the FOMA phone. Set

the settings again.

pThe following parts of the FOMA phone uses the parts generating magnetic field:

Note that if you put a card such as cash card liable to be influenced by magnetic field

close to it, the card might be adversely affected.

Using parts: speaker, earpiece

pIf the FOMA phone gets wet or becomes moist, immediately turn off the power and

remove the battery pack; then visit a repair counter. The FOMA phone may not be

repaired depending on its condition.

◎Memory dial (Phonebook function) and downloaded information

・It is recommended to take a note of the information you have stored in the FOMA

phone and keep it in a safe place. We are not responsible for any change in or loss

of information.

・When replacing or repairing your FOMA phone, the data you created, obtained from

external devices, or downloaded may be changed or lost. We do not take any

responsibility for the loss or change incurred to the data. We may replace your

FOMA phone with a new one instead of repairing, for our convenience sake. With

this FOMA phone, we move the files including the images and ring melodies

downloaded to the FOMA phone or the files you created to the new FOMA phone so

far as your existing FOMA phone is troubled or repaired. (We cannot move some

files. Also, some files might not be movable depending on the degree of

malfunction.)

※

It may take a while to move files, or it might occur that moving files is not possible

depending on the memory size of the files stored in the FOMA phone.

You can check on your FOMA phone whether sending/receiving mail

messages, downloading images/melodies, and others are normally

working.

pTo connect to “ｉモード故障診断サイト

(i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site)”

i-mode site:

iMenu→お知らせ (News)→サービス・機能

(Services & Functions)→ｉモード (i-mode)

→ｉモード故障診断 (i-mode Trouble Diagnosis)

(Japanese only)

pA packet communication fee for connecting to the i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site is

free. (When you access it from overseas, you are charged the fee.)

pThe test items differ by model of FOMA phones. Further the test items might be

changed.

pWhen you check operations of your FOMA phone according to each test item, read the

cautions on the site thoroughly and then perform the test.

pWhen you connect to the i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site and test on sending mail

messages, the proper information about your FOMA phone (model name, mail

address, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Server).

We never use the sent information for other purposes than for the i-mode trouble

diagnosis.

pWhen you think your FOMA phone is in trouble as a result of your check, contact the

“Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual.

i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site

Top display Test Menu list

QR code for

accessing the site

528

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

This function is to check whether you need to update software programs

in the FOMA phone by connecting to the network, and if necessary, you

can download some parts of software programs using packet

communication, and can update the software programs.

※You are not charged a packet communication fee for updating software

programs.

If you need to update the software programs, the DoCoMo web page and

“お知らせ (News)” in iMenu let you know about it.

“Auto-update”, “Update Now” and “Reserve Update” are available for

updating software programs.

【Auto-update】: Automatically downloads new software programs, and

updates at the time you specified beforehand.

【Update Now】: If you want to, immediately update.

【Reserve Update】: Reserve the date and time for updating software

programs, and they are automatically updated at the

reserved date and time.

pDo not remove the battery pack while updating software programs. You may fail to

update.

pYou can update software programs with the Phonebook entries, images shot by the

camera, or downloaded data retained in the FOMA phone; however note that data may

not be protected depending on the conditions (such as malfunction, damage, or

drench) your FOMA phone is placed in. You are advised to backup important data.

Note that some data such as downloaded ones might not be backed up.

Updating Software

■Before Using Software Update

pYou can update software programs even when you set “Host selection” to a user

designated destination.

pFully charge the battery before updating software programs.

pYou cannot update software programs in the following cases:

・When the FOMA phone is off ・When date and time are not set

・During a call ・Out of the service area

・During PIN1 code lock ・During Omakase Lock

・During Self Mode ・While using other functions

・When the UIM is not inserted

・While connecting to external devices such as a personal computer

pIt may take time to update (download or rewrite) software programs.

pYou cannot make/receive calls, use communication functions, and use other functions

while updating software programs.

(You can receive voice calls, forward calls or operate Record Message during

download.)

pWhen updating, the FOMA phone is connected to the server (DoCoMo site) using SSL

communication. You need to validate the SSL certificate.

(Setting at purchase: Valid See page 190 for how to set.)

pIt is recommended to update software programs when radio wave is strong enough

with the three antennas displayed and while you are not moving.

※If radio wave conditions get worse while downloading software programs, or

download is suspended, move to a place with good radio wave conditions and try

again to update software programs.

pIf you check Software Update with the software programs already updated, the

message “No update is needed Please continue to use as before” is displayed.

pWhen “Receive option setting” is set to “ON” and mail comes in during software

update, the display for notifying you of the arrival of mail may not be displayed after

software update is completed.

pWhen updating software programs, the proper information about your FOMA phone

(model name or serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (DoCoMo-

managed server for Software Update). We at DoCoMo never use the sent information

for other purposes than for updating software programs.

pIf you fail to update software programs, “Rewrite failed” is displayed and you cannot do

all the operations. In that case, you are kindly requested to come to a repair counter

specified by DoCoMo.

pYou cannot use Software Update overseas.

529

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

You can download new software programs automatically, then the

updating is operated at the time you specified beforehand.

When the rewriting state is ready, the “Rewrite notification” icon appears.

Then you can confirm the rewrite time and select whether to change the

rewrite time or rewrite the program immediately.

pYou cannot change “Set auto-update” when the notification icon of software update is

displayed on the Stand-by display. In that case, select the notification icon, and clear

that icon without confirming whether the software update is required. You are then able

to change “Set auto-update”.

1Set the date/time of updating.

Update Software Programs Automatically

<Set Auto-update> 2Select the “Rewrite notification” icon on the Stand-by

display, and select “OK”, “Change time” or “Now

rewrite”.

When you select “OK”

Select the

Rewrite

notification

icon.

※The “Rewrite

notification” icon

notifies you that

rewriting starts at

the set time. (It is

cleared when you

check it.)

Rewrite notification icon

※After you select it, the Stand-by display returns, and then

rewriting starts at the set time.

530

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

You can set day of a week and time for rewriting.

When you select “Change time”

Rewrite notification icon

※“Rewrite completion icon” appears only when you select “Now rewrite”.

When you select “Now rewrite”

Rewrite completion icon

531

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

If you select “Only notification” of “Set auto-update”, “Update

notification icon” notifies you when software update is necessary.

You can start Software Update by selecting “Update notification icon”, or

from the Menu display.

1Select “Update notification icon” on the Stand-by

display.

pIf you select “No”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to delete the

notification icon.

p“Update notification icon” appears in the following cases:

・When notification is provided by DoCoMo

・When “Update is needed” is displayed in step 3 on page 531

・When you fail to update software programs during updating in Reserve Update

・When you cancel the reservation for the software update

2Check whether the software programs need to be

updated.

pYou can answer voice calls

during check.

Start Software Update

Start Software Update by Selecting “Update notification icon”

3When updating is not necessary, “No update is needed”

is displayed. Use the FOMA phone as it is. When

updating is necessary, “Update is needed” is displayed.

You can select either “Now update” or “Reserve”.

1mSettingsOther settingsSoftware update

Enter your TerminalSecurity CodeUpdate

2Go to step 2 of [Start Software Update by Selecting

“Update notification icon”] on page 531.

Software Update

display

※When updating is

not necessary

※The display for when

the software update is

unavailable because of

the server congestion.

(Wait for a while and

then start the software

update again.)

Start Software Update from Menu

532

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

1When you select “Now update”, “Start download” is

displayed and downloading starts after a while. (Select

“OK” to start downloading right now.)

pYou can answer voice calls

during download.

pIf you cancel downloading

midway, the data

downloaded up to that point

is deleted.

pOnce downloading starts,

updating proceeds

automatically; you do not

need to select menu items.

2When downloading is completed, rewriting the software

programs starts. (Select “OK” to start rewriting right

now.)

When rewriting is completed, your FOMA phone

automatically restarts.

pIt may take a while to start rewriting.

pYou cannot even answer calls while rewriting.

※While rewriting the software programs, all key operations are disabled. You

cannot even stop updating.

Also, charging temporarily stops even if the AC adapter (option) is connected.

Update Software Now (Update Now) 3After confirming the update

completion, select “OK”.

When downloading takes time or the server is busy, you can set in

advance the date and time for starting the software update by

communicating with the server.

1Select “Reserve” from the Software Update display.

The date and time which can be reserved are displayed.

pThe server’s time table appears for the software update reservation.

When you select “Others”

After communicating with the server, you can select the date and time you want.

The availability of each time zone is displayed on the time selection display as

follows:

○: Available, △: Almost full, ×: Not available

When you select one time zone you want, you can communicate with the server

again to display candidates for reserving time.

Reserve Date and Time for Updating Software (Reserve

Update)

533

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

2Confirm the date and time you selected. Select “YES”.

Your FOMA phone communicates with the server again

and then the reservation is completed.

The display on the right appears and about five seconds later

the software update starts automatically.

Before the reserved time, fully charge the battery pack, place

the FOMA phone with the Stand-by display shown in a place

within reach of radio wave.

When the reserved time comes

Information

pNote that updating may not start even when the reserved time arrives if you are using

another function.

pThe software update may not be started if an alarm is activated.

pIf you execute “Initialize” on page 433 after completing the reservation, the software

update does not start even when the reserved time arrives. Make a reservation for the

software update again.

Select “Software update” from the setting menu, then enter your

Terminal Security Code and select “Update”; then you can confirm the

reserved time.

You can change or cancel the reserved date and time from the

display for checking reservation. To change, select “Change”.

To cancel, select “Cancel”.

If you select “NO” or “Cancel” from each display, the display for ending

the operation appears.

Select “YES”; then the software update ends and the Stand-by display returns. To return

to the previous display, select “NO”.

Check, Change, or Cancel the Reserved Date and Time

End Software Update

Information

pIf the battery level points “ ” during operation, the software rewriting is not done and

the operation ends.

534

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

Regarding data and programs downloaded or obtained from sites,

i-mode mail messages or SMS messages to the FOMA phone, you can

detect data that might cause failure, can delete it, and can stop starting

an application program.

pUse the pattern data for checking. Update the pattern data, because it is upgraded

each time new trouble is found. (See page 534)

pThe scan function is for filtering out the data that causes failure to mobile phones at the

time of browsing web pages or receiving mail messages. Note that this function works

only when the pattern data for each failure has been downloaded to your mobile phone

and when the pattern data for each failure is found.

pThe data contained in the pattern data varies depending on the mobile phone model.

Therefore, note that we may stop distributing the pattern data to mobile phones that

have been on the market for three years or more.

If you set “Scan” to “Valid”, data or a program can be automatically

checked when you try to run it.

In addition, if you set “Message scan” to “Valid”, a received SMS

message can be automatically checked when you display it.

1mSettingsLock/SecurityScanning function

Set scanSelect an item.

Scan . . . . . . . . . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function.

Message scan . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function when displaying an

SMS message.

pWhile “Scan” is set to “Invalid”, you cannot set “Message scan”.

2Valid or InvalidYES

pWhen the scan function is set, an alert is shown by five levels if data that might

cause failure is detected. (See page 535)

Protecting FOMA Phone from Data

Causing Failure

First of all, update the pattern data to make it the latest.

Set Scanning Function <Set Scan>

1mSettingsLock/SecurityScanning function

UpdateYESYES

pTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.

2OK

pWhen pattern data update is not necessary, “Pattern

definitions are up-to-date” is displayed. Use the pattern

data as it is.

Information

pThe scanning is not available for the SMS message which notifies you of receiving

mopera mail or of incoming calls for Voice Mail Service.

Update Pattern Data <Update>

Information

pWhen updating the pattern data, the proper information about your FOMA phone

(model name, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (DoCoMo-

managed server for the scanning function). We at DoCoMo never use the sent

information for other purposes than for the scanning function.

pSet the date (year/month/date) for the FOMA phone correctly in advance.

pThe pattern data is not updated in the following cases:

・When the date/time is not set ・During a call ・Out of the service area

・When the UIM is not inserted ・During Lock All

・While another function is working

・When connecting to external devices such as personal computers

・While Self Mode is activated

pIf you cancel downloading midway, the data downloaded up to that point is deleted.

535

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

You can set whether to update the pattern data inside your FOMA phone

when the pattern data is created anew.

1mSettingsLock/SecurityScanning function

Set auto-updateON or OFF

2YESOK

pWhen you select “ON” in step 1, the confirmation display appears telling that your

mobile phone information is sent at auto-update.

pTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.

■About the display for scanned problem elements

A warning display appears when problematic data

is found. Select “Detail” from the warning display to

bring up the name of the problem element.

pWhen six or more problem elements are found, the sixth and

later problem element names are omitted.

p“Detail” might not appear depending on the detected problem

element.

Update Pattern Data Automatically <Set Auto-update>

Information

pWhen setting auto-update or updating automatically, the proper information about

your FOMA phone (model name, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the

server (DoCoMo-managed server for the scanning function). We at DoCoMo never

use the sent information for other purposes than for the scanning function.

pWhen auto-update is completed, the notification icon of “ ” (Update completed)

appears on the Stand-by display. If it is failed, “ ” (Pattern update failed) appears.

Select “ ” to display the update result.

Displays for Scanning Result

■The displays for scanning result

pThe alert displays for when displaying i-mode mail messages or SMS messages may

differ from the ones above.

1mSettingsLock/Security

Scanning functionVersion

Alert level 0 Alert level 1 Alert level 2

OK..... Continues the

operation.

YES ....Stops and ends the

operation.

NO .....Continues the

operation.

OK .... Stops and ends the

operation.

Alert level 3 Alert level 4

YES.....Deletes the data

and ends the

operation.

NO ......Stops and ends the

operation.

OK .... Deletes the data and

ends the operation.

Check Pattern Data Version <Version>

536

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

■Handset

Specifications

Model FOMA P906i

Dimensions

(when closed)

Height: 000 mm

Width: 000 mm

Depth: 000 mm

Weight (with the battery pack

attached)

Approx. 000 g

Continuou

s standby

time

FOMA/

network

Switch

3G/GSM

[3G]

In motion: Approx. 000 hours

Switch

3G/GSM

[Auto]

In motion: Approx. 000 hours

Standstill: Approx. 000 hours

GSM

network

Switch

3G/GSM

[Auto]

Standstill: Approx. 000 hours

Continuou

s talk time

FOMA/3G network Voice call: Approx. 000 minutes

Videophone call: Approx. 000 minutes

GSM network Voice call: Approx. 000 minutes

1Seg watching time Approx. 000 minutes

(in ECO Mode: Approx 000 minutes)

Charging time AC adapter: Approx. 000 minutes

DC adapter: Approx. 000 minutes

LCD Type Display: TFT 262,144 colors

Private window: Organic EL one color

Size Display: Approx. 3.1 inches

Private window: Approx. 0.9 inches

Number of pixels Display: 409,920 pixels (480 dots x 854 dots)

Private window: 4,608 pixels (128 dots x 36 dots)

Image

pickup

device

Type Inside camera: CMOS

Outside camera: CMOS

Size Inside camera: 1/8.0 inches

Outside camera: 1/2.8 inches

Camera Number of

effective pixels

Inside camera: Approx. 330,000 pixels

Outside camera: Approx. 5,100,000 pixels

Number of

recording pixels

(maximum)

Inside camera: Approx. 310,000 pixels

Outside camera: Approx. 5,000,000 pixels

Zooming (digital) Inside camera: Approx. 5.0 times max.

Outside camera: Approx. 15.1 times max.

Recording Number of

recordable still

images

Approx. 3,500 (When stored in the FOMA phone)※1

Number of still

images for

continuous

shooting

VGA: 4 CIF: 4 QVGA: 5 through 10

QCIF: 5 through 20 Sub-QCIF: 5 through 20

Still image file

format

JPEG

Moving image

recording time

Phone: Approx. 497 seconds※2

microSD card (64MB): Approx. 137 minutes※3

Moving image file

format

Phone: MP4

microSD card: MP4, ASF※4

Music

playback

Continuous

playback time※5

SD-Audio file (supports Play Background):

Approx. 4,560 minutes※6

Chaku-uta Full® music file (supports Play

Background): Approx. 4,150 minutes※6

i-motion movie (including Chaku-uta® music file):

Approx. 890 minutes※6

WMA file (supports Play Background):

Approx. 3,240 minutes

Music&Video Channel program (supports Play

Background)

Music: Approx. 4,150 minutes

Video: Approx. 250 minutes

Memory

capacity

Chaku-uta®Approx. 101.6 Mbytes※7

Chaku-uta Full®

537

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

※1: Image size: Sub-QCIF (128 x 96), Image quality: Normal, File size: 10 Kbytes

※2: The maximum recording time per moving image which can be saved to the FOMA

phone with the following conditions:

Image size: Sub-QCIF (128 x 96), File size setting: Mail restriction (L),

Image quality: Normal, Type: Video + voice

※3: The maximum recording time per moving image which can be saved to the

microSD card with the following conditions:

Image size: Sub-QCIF (128 x 96), File size setting: Long time,

Image quality: Normal, Type: Video + voice

※4: When “File size setting” is set to “Long time”.

※5: The continuous playback time is the estimated time that the FOMA phone can play

back using the Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01 (option) with the FOMA phone

closed.

※6: File format: AAC

※7: Shares with still images, i-motion movies, melodies, PDF files, Music&Video

Channel programs, Kisekae Tool files, ToruCa files, and i-αppli programs.

■Battery pack

Name of product Battery Pack P16

Battery type Li-ion (lithium ion) battery

Voltage 3.7 V

Capacity 770 mAh

Number of Savable/Storable/Protectable

Items in FOMA Phone

Function Number of savable/storable items

Reference

page

Phonebook 1,000※192

1Seg TVlink 50 302

Book program 100 304

Timer recording 100 305

Schedule Schedule 1,000 411

Holiday 100 412

Anniversary 100 412

ToDo 100 415

Text memo 20 421

Mail

(total of SMS

messages and

i-mode mail

messages)

Received mail 2,500 max. ※2, ※3, ※4, ※5

<2,500 max. ※2>

218

Sent mail 1,000 max. ※2, ※4, ※6

<1,000 max. ※2>

219

Draft mail※720 max. ※2219

User created folder

(Inbox) 22 224

User created folder

(Outbox) 22 224

Area mail 30 218

Template Deco-mail 100 max. ※2, ※5208

Decome-Anime 100 max. ※2, ※5209

Message Message R 100 max. ※2

<50 max. ※2>

236

Message F 100 max. ※2

<50 max. ※2>

236

Bookmark

(i-mode)

Bookmark 100 178

Bookmark folder 10 (incl. “Bookmark”) 179

Bookmark

(Full Browser)

Bookmark 100※5178

Bookmark folder 10 (incl. “Bookmark”) 179

538

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

※1: Up to 50 Phonebook entries can be stored on the UIM.

※2: The number of savable, storable, or protectable items may decrease depending on

the data volume.

※3: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder, “Trash box” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.

※4: In addition, a total of 20 received and sent SMS messages can be saved to the

UIM. (See page 422)

※5: Includes pre-installed data.

※6: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.

※7: Can save unsent mail you are composing.

※8: Among pre-installed data, only the Deco-mail pictograms are included as the

savable/storable items.

※9: Still images, i-motion movies, melodies, PDF files, music files, Music&Video

Channel programs, Kisekae Tool files, ToruCa files, and i-αppli programs share the

number of savable/storable items and memory space.

Screen memo Screen memo 100 max. ※2

<50 max. ※2>

180

Screen memo folder 10 (incl. “Screen memo”) 181

Still image 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9330

User created folder 20 366

Moving image/i-motion movie 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9338

User created folder 20 366

Melody 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9351

User created folder 20 366

Chara-den 3※7349

PDF file 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9374

Music&Video

Channel

Downloaded

program 2386

Saved program 10 max. ※2, ※9386

Kisekae Tool 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9354

ToruCa 495 max. ※2, ※9268

User created folder 20 270

i-αppli 100 max. ※2, ※9250

Mail-linked i-αppli 5 250

Function Number of savable/storable items

Reference

page

This model phone FOMA P906i meets the MIC’s* technical regulation for

exposure to radio waves.

The technical regulation established permitted levels of radio frequency

energy, based on standards that were developed by independent scientific

organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies.

The regulation employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific

Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit is 2 watts/kilogram (W/kg)** averaged

over ten grams of tissue. The limit includes a substantial safety margin

designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The

value of the limit is equal to the international guidelines recommended by

ICNIRP***.

All phone models should be confirmed to comply with the regulation, before

they are available for sale to the public. The highest SAR value for this model

phone is 0.373 W/kg. It was taken by the Telecom Engineering Center

(TELEC), a Registered Certification Agency on the Radio Law. The test for

SAR was conducted in accordance with the MIC testing procedure using

standard operating positions with the phone transmitting at its highest permitted

power level in all tested frequency bands. While there may be differences

between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all

meet the MIC’s technical regulation. Although the SAR is determined at the

highest certified power level, the actual SAR of the phone during operation can

be well below the maximum value.

For further information about SAR, please see the following web pages:

* Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications

** The technical regulation is provided in Article 14-2 of the Ministry Ordinance

Regulating Radio Equipment.

*** International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection

SAR Certification Information and Other

Information

SAR Certification Information

World Health Organization (WHO): http://www.who.int/peh-emf/

ICNIRP: http://www.icnirp.de/

MIC: http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/body/index.htm

TELEC: http://www.telec.or.jp/ENG/Index_e.htm

NTT DoCoMo: http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/product/

Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.: http://panasonic.jp/mobile/

(Japanese only)

539

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

This mobile phone complies with the EU requirements for exposure to radio waves.

Your mobile phone is a radio transceiver, designed and manufactured not to exceed

the SAR* limits** for exposure to radio-frequency (RF) energy, which SAR* value,

when tested for compliance against the standard was 0.311 W/kg.

While there may be differences between the SAR* levels of various phones and at

various positions, they all meet*** the EU requirements for RF exposure.

* The exposure standard for mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as

the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR.

** The SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg)

averaged over ten grams of tissue, recommended by The Council of the European

Union. The limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional

protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.

*** Tests for SAR have been conducted using standard operating positions with the

phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands.

Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR

level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is

because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only

the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a base

station antenna, the lower the power output.

※The European RTTE approval of this product is limited to the use of the P906i

handset, Battery Pack and FOMA AC Adapter for Global use (100 to 240 V AC) only.

Other accessories are not part of the approval.

pThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that

may cause undesired operation.

pChanges or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for

compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

European RF Exposure Information

Declaration of Conformity

The product “FOMA P906i” is declared to conform with the essential

requirements of European Union Directive 1999/5/EC Radio and

Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2. The

Declaration of Conformity can be found on http://panasonic.co.jp/pmc/

products/en/support/index.html.

FCC Notice

THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE U.S. GOVERNMENT’S REQUIREMENTS FOR

EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.

Your wireless phone contains a radio transmitter and receiver. Your phone is designed

and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF)

energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These

limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy

for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed

by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of

scientific studies.

The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement

known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/

kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the

FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency

bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual

SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is

because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the

power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base

station antenna, the lower the output.

Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to

the FCC that it does not exceed the limit established by the U.S. government-adopted

requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed on position and locations (for

example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by FCC for each model. The

highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at

the ear is 0.388 W/kg, and when worn on the body, is 0.453 W/kg. (Body-worn

measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and

FCC requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various

phones and at various positions, they all meet the U.S. government requirement.

The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported

SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR

information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the

Display Grant section at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid after search on FCC ID

UCE208006A.

For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure

guidelines when used with an accessory designated for this product or when used with

an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of 1.5 cm

from the body.

* In the United States, the SAR limit for wireless mobile phones used by the public is 1.6

watts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. SAR values may vary depending

upon national reporting requirements and the network band.

FCC RF Exposure Information

540

Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting

AIRCRAFT

Switch off your wireless device when boarding an aircraft or whenever you are instructed

to do so by airline staff. If your device offers a ‘flight mode’ or similar feature consult

airline staff as to whether it can be used on board.

DRIVING

Full attention should be given to driving at all times and local laws and regulations

restricting the use of wireless devices while driving must be observed.

HOSPITALS

Mobile phones should be switched off wherever you are requested to do so in hospitals,

clinics or health care facilities. These requests are designed to prevent possible

interference with sensitive medical equipment.

PETROL STATIONS

Obey all posted signs with respect to the use of wireless devices or other radio

equipment in locations with flammable material and chemicals. Switch off your wireless

device whenever you are instructed to do so by authorized staff.

INTERFERENCE

Care must be taken when using the phone in close proximity to personal medical

devices, such as pacemakers and hearing aids.

Pacemakers

Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15 cm be

maintained between a mobile phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference

with the pacemaker. To achieve this use the phone on the opposite ear to your

pacemaker and do not carry it in a breast pocket.

Hearing Aids

Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such

interference, you may want to consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss

alternatives.

For other Medical Devices:

Please consult your physician and the device manufacturer to determine if operation of

your phone may interfere with the operation of your medical device.

This product and its accessories might be covered by the Japan Export

Administration Regulations (“Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law” and

its related laws). To export this product and its accessories, take the required

measures on your responsibility and at your expenses. For details on the

procedures, contact the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.

Important Safety Information

Export Administration Regulations

541

Index/Quick Manual

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542

Quick Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550

542

Index/Quick Manual

Index

◆◇◆ A ◆◇◆

αBacklight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

AC adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Accept dialup devices . . . . . . . . . . .429

Accept registered

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .429

Access authentication. . . . . . . . . . .467

Access setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Action list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 350

Activate TV with alarm . . . . . . . . . .305

Activate 1Seg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295

Add desktop icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

Add member (PushTalk). . . . . . . . . .84

Add to a phonebook entry . . . . . . . .96

Add to phonebook (Phone). . . . .92, 96

Add to phonebook (UIM) . . . . . .92, 96

Additional service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462

Additional guidance. . . . . . . . . . .463

Address link function. . . . . . . . . . . .188

Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408

Alarm setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416

Answer setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Any key answer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

αPower saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

Area mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238

Area mail settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239

Arrival call act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454

AT command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469

Attach bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Attach document files . . . . . . . . . . .211

Attach i-motion movies . . . . . . . . . .210

Attach melodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210

Attach PDF files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Attach phonebook entries . . . . . . . .211

Attach pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210

Attach schedule events. . . . . . . . . .211

Attach SD other files . . . . . . . . . . . .211

How to refer to Index

pThe Index contains the terms and terminologies summarizing the descriptive contents

by sorting in alphabetical order. If you cannot find the term or terminology you want to

know, search for it using a different term or terminology.

<Example: To set the i-αppli Stand-by display using “Software setting” of

i-αppli>

Software setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Change melody/image. . . . . . . . . 253

Horizontal open menu set . . . . . . 253

Icon info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Location usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Network set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Program guide key. . . . . . . . . . . . 254

See phonebook/history . . . . . . . . 254

Stand-by net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Stand-by set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Stand-by display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Stand-by set (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Status icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

iαppli settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

i-αppli stand-by display . . . . . .115, 263

i-αppli to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Attach ToDo items. . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Attach ToruCa files . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Attachment preference . . . . . . . . . 234

Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 216

Auto answer setting. . . . . . . . . . . . 424

Auto answer setting (PushTalk) . . . 88

Auto assist setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Auto channel setting . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Auto color label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Auto melody play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Auto power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Auto reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Auto save set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Auto start info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Auto start setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Auto start time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Auto timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Auto voice dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Auto volume (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Auto volume (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Auto-display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Autofocus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Auto-sort (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Auto-sort (ToruCa) . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Auto-sort setting display . . . . . . . . 231

AV output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

AV phone to function. . . . . . . . . . . 187

αVibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

◆◇◆ B ◆◇◆

Back cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Bar code reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Bar code reader list . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Battery level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Battery pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Attaching/removing . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Charging time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Usable time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Bluetooth function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Bluetooth info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Bluetooth power off . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Bluetooth settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Book program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Book program list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Bookmark (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Add bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Bookmark folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Bookmark list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Brightness . . . . 76, 139, 161, 298, 337

Broadcasting storage area . . . . . . 292

◆◇◆ C ◆◇◆

Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 411

Calendar display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Call acceptance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Call barring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

Call/charging indicator . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Call data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Call forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . 450, 480

Call rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 143

Call setting without ID . . . . . . . . . . 144

Call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Answer an incoming call during

a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Continue the current call . . . . . . 449

End a call to answer another call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

End a call to answer the held call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

Index (A - C)

543

Index/Quick Manual

End a held call . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449

Hold a call to make a new call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449

Caller ID notification . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Caller ID request . . . . . . . . . .452, 480

Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Number of storable still images

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152

Recordable time . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

Specifications for moving image

shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152

Specifications for still image

shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

Camera menu . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 158

Caption (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

Caption position in wide screen . . .309

Capture screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

Category list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356

Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Certificate host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

Chaku-moji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Chaku-motion. . . . . . . . . . . . .108, 116

Chaku-uta full® music list . . . . . . . .394

Change action . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 350

Change camera-mode . . . . . . . . . .160

Change character code . . . . . . . . .176

Change IC owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Change i-mode password . . . . . . .177

Change PIN1 code. . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Change PIN2 code. . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Change security code . . . . . .133, 139

Change size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337

Change to videophone call. . . . .53, 65

Change to voice call. . . . . . . . . .53, 65

Channel info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297

Channel list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195, 294

Channel list display . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Channel setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Chapter info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389

Character entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436

Bar code reader . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

Candidate display . . . . . . . . . . . .440

Candidate display size . . . . . . . .440

Change input mode. . . . . . . . . . .440

Character set time. . . . . . . . . . . .440

Common phrases . . . . . . . . . . . .440

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442

Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442

Full pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439

Half pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439

Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440

Input time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440

JUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441

Kuten code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440

Learned words . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443

Own dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442

Paste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442

Pictograph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439

Predict. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439

Quote own data. . . . . . . . . . . . . .440

Quote phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . .440

Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439

Undo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439

2/NIKO-touch guide . . . . . . . . . .440

Character entry display. . . . . . . . . .436

Character input method . . . . . . . . .436

Mode1 (5-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . .436

Mode2 (2-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . .444

Mode3 (NIKO-touch). . . . . . . . . .444

Character size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129

Character stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336

Chara-den. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 349

Chara-den display . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

Chara-den list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

Chara-den player . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

Chara-den recording display . . . . .350

Chara-den setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

Charge sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Charging terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Chat group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Chat group address confirmation

display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Chat group list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Chat mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239

Chat mail display . . . . . . . . . .240, 241

Chat member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239

Chat member list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239

Chat setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242

Check box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37, 174

Check IC owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Check microSD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362

Check new message . . . . . . . . . . .215

Check new messages. . . . . . . . . . .446

Check new SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246

Check same data . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

Check settings (Full browser) . . . . .318

Check settings (i-αppli). . . . . . . . . .261

Check settings (i-mode) . . . . . . . . .188

Check settings (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . .234

Check TV settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

Clear max cost icon . . . . . . . . . . . .420

Client authentication . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Clock display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

Color label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226

Color mode set . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 161

Color theme setting. . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Command navigation key . . . . . . . . .29

Common phrase display . . . . . . . . .441

Common phrase folder list . . . . . . .441

Common phrase list . . . . . . . .441, 509

Common phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441

Common replay mode . . . . . . . . . .162

Communication setup files . . . . . . .469

Connect to Bluetooth device. . . . . .428

Connect to other devices . . . . . . . .468

Connector terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Contents info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324

Continuous mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Continuous scroll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Continuous shooting . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Cookie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Cookie setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

Copy from UIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

Copy to microSD

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271, 272, 357, 359

Copy to phone. . . . 271, 272, 358, 360

Copy to UIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

Copyrights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 147

Correct characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Count characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Countdown train GPS . . . . . . . . . . 256

Country code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

Country code setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Create learned word list . . . . . . . . 443

Cushy mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162, 336

Cut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

◆◇◆ D ◆◇◆

Data box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Data broadcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . 466

Data list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Data security service. . . . . . . . . . . 145

Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Still image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Data transfer

(OBEX™ communication) . . . . . . . 466

Data while editing . . . . . . . . . . 96, 438

Day of week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

DC adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

DCMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Deco-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Deco-mail pictogram . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Deco-mail template list . . . . . . . . . 208

Decome-anime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Decome-anime creation display . . 206

Index (C - D)

544

Index/Quick Manual

Decome-anime template list . . . . . .209

Delete attached file. . . . . . . . .212, 228

Delete cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319

Delete data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

Delete from PushTalk phonebook . .87

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429

Desktop holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Desktop icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . .125, 126

Desktop icon list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

Detailed channel list display . . . . . .294

Detailed chat group display . . . . . .243

Detailed data display . . . . . . . . . . .356

Detailed deco-mail template display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

Detailed dialed call display . . . . . . . .55

Detailed display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

Detailed kisekae tool display . . . . .354

Detailed mail group display. . . . . . .233

Detailed message R/F display . . . .236

Detailed phonebook display . . . . . . .99

Detailed received call display . . . . . .55

Detailed received mail display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 220

Detailed redial display . . . . . . . . . . .55

Detailed schedule display. . . . . . . .413

Detailed screen memo display . . . .181

Detailed sent mail display. . . .219, 222

Detailed sent message . . . . . . . . . . .58

Detailed ToruCa file display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 272

Device list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428

Dial from headset

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Dialed call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Dialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Dictionary info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443

Direct selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Disconnection settings

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26, 30

Display call/receive number . . . . . .128

Display during dialing . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Display during videophone calls . . . .50

Display for incoming calls . . . . . . . . .65

Display message R/F . . . . . . . . . . .236

Display mode setting. . . . . . . . . . . .315

Display phonebook image. . . . . . . .117

Display setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Display size (Camera). . . . . . . . . . .162

Display size (Chara-den) . . . . . . . .350

Display size (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . .342

Display size (PC movie) . . . . . . . . .325

Display size (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . .334

Display SMS report . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

Display software info. . . . . . . . . . . .251

Display while dialing/communicating

(PushTalk). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

DoCoMo certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

DoCoMo keitai datalink . . . . . . . . . .470

Document display settings . . . . . . .377

Document info. . . . . . . . . . . . .374, 379

Document list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

Document viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

Download dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . .443

Download remain . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

DPOF setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

Draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219

Draft list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219, 223

DTMF tone off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Dual network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452

◆◇◆ E ◆◇◆

Earphone/microphone. . . . . . . . . . .423

Earphone/microphone/AV output

terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

Edit decome-anime display. . . . . . .206

Edit imotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343

Edit imotion display . . . . . . . . . . 343

Edit phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Edit picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Edit picture display . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

End stand-by display. . . . . . . . . . . 263

End stand-by info . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

English display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

English guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

Enter URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 316

Equalizer (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Equalizer (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . 400

Equalizer (Music&Video channel)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Equalizer (PC movie) . . . . . . . . . . 325

Equalizer (Video). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Equalizer (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

Export administration regulations

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

◆◇◆ F ◆◇◆

Face data reading display . . . 138, 140

Face reader security . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Face reader setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Feel＊Mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

FeliCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

FeliCa mark. . . . . . . . . . . 27, 267, 372

File info . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354, 362, 378

File property . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347, 349

File restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . 164, 332

File size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Finder display . . . . . . . . 149, 155, 158

FirstPass center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Fit in screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Flat-plug earphone/microphone with

switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Flicker correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Focus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 161

Folder info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Folder list (Document file) . . . . . . . 378

Folder list (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Folder list (Melody) . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Folder list (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Folder list (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Folder list (SD other files) . . . . . . . 362

Folder list (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

FOMA antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

FOMA communication environment

check application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

FOMA PC setup software . . . . . . . 469

Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Forward ring tone

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Forward specified calls to specified

destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

Forward specified calls to voice mail

center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Forwarding guidance . . . . . . . . . . . 451

Forwarding image . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316, 336

Full browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Full browser display. . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Full browser settings . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Full-pitch character . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Fullsong ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

Function list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

Function menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

◆◇◆ G ◆◇◆

G guide program list remote-controller

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

GPRS network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

GPS button setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

GPS compatible i-αppli . . . . . . . . . 279

GPS settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Group member list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Group member selection display . . . 86

Group setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Index (D - G)

545

Index/Quick Manual

GSM network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472

Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Gundam U.C.0079 . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

◆◇◆ H ◆◇◆

Half-pitch character . . . . . . . . . . . .438

Hands-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Hands-free with PushTalk . . . . . . . .88

Hands-free with videophone . . . . . .77

Header/signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235

Headset microphone setting . . . . .423

Headset switch to call . . . . . . . . . .424

Headset usage setting . . . . . . . . . .112

Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

History info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324

Holding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Holding (during a call) . . . . . . . . . . .68

Home URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318

Hook for horizontal open style . . . . .27

Horizontal open lever . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Horizontal open menu . . . . . . .36, 122

Horizontal open style . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Host selection. . . . . . . . . . . . .189, 290

◆◇◆ I ◆◇◆

iαppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279

i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

Automatic start . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262

Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

Power saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251

Software info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251

Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

iαppli(microSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264

i-αppli banking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258

i-αppli mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251

iαppli settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

i-αppli stand-by display. . . . . .115, 263

i-αppli to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

IC card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

IC card content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267

IC card lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275

IC lock (power-off) . . . . . . . . . . . . .275

iC transfer service. . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

iC transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372

Receive all data files . . . . . . . . . .373

Receive one data file . . . . . . . . .372

Send all data files . . . . . . . . . . . .372

Send one data file . . . . . . . . . . . .372

i-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

Icon (Camera). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

Icon (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339

Icon (PC movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322

Icon (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331

Icon (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

Icon (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

Icon color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

iD setting application . . . . . . . . . . .260

IDD prefix setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122, 123

Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330

Image quality . . . . . . . . . . . . .119, 161

Image quality (Video) . . . . . . . . . . .309

Image quality (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . .309

Image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

Image stabilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

imenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

imenu in English . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

i-mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

i-mode (Chaku-uta full®) folder list

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

i-mode arrival act (PushTalk) . . . . . .89

i-mode FeliCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

i-mode mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198

Compose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198

Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213

Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215

Reply with quote . . . . . . . . . . . . .215

Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199

Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198

i-mode menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

i-mode password . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

i-mode settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

i-mode trouble diagnosis site . . . . .527

i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193

imotion auto-play . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

imotion info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340

i-motion player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338

Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218

Inbox folder list . . . . . . . . . . . .218, 220

Inbox list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218, 220

In-call ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

In-car hands-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

Info notice setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

Infrared data exchange. . . . . . . . . .367

Receive all data files . . . . . . . . . .371

Receive one or multiple data files

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370

Send all data files . . . . . . . . . . . .371

Send one or multiple data files

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370

Infrared data port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Infrared remote-controller . . . . . . . .371

Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Initialize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433

Inside camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27, 148

Intellectual property rights. . . . . . . . .22

International call access code. . . . .474

International calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

International dial

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . .476

International dial assist . . . . . . . . . . .61

International prefix number for the

universal number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475

International roaming . . . . . . . . . . .472

International videophone call . . . . . 60

Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

ISP connection communication. . . 189

◆◇◆ J ◆◇◆

JAN code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Japanese display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

J-E/J-C speech translation for P . . 257

◆◇◆ K ◆◇◆

Key guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Keypad dial lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Keypad sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Kisekae tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 354

Kisekae tool list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

◆◇◆ L ◆◇◆

Last URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

LCD AI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Learned words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Light sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 118

Line feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Links with AV equipment. . . . . . . . 514

List of characters assigned to keys

(NIKO-touch input method) . . . . . . 503

List of characters assigned to keys

(2-touch input method) . . . . . . . . . 502

List of characters assigned to keys

(5-touch input method) . . . . . . . . . 501

List setting (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Listening (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Listening (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . 400

Listening (Music&Video channel)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Listening (PC movie). . . . . . . . . . . 325

Listening (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Listening (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Listing (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Listing (Kisekae tool). . . . . . . . . . . 354

Index (G - L)

546

Index/Quick Manual

Listing (PC movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . .324

Listing (PDF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375

Listing (Video). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347

Location history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286

Location request menu . . . . . . . . . .288

Lock all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Lock setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Low battery alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

◆◇◆ M ◆◇◆

Mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198

Mail auto-receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213

Mail group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

Mail group address confirmation

display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

Mail group list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

Mail list display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

Mail menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220

Mail/message ring time. . . . . . . . . .111

Mail security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142, 224

Mail settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

Mail ticker display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

Mail to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33, 34

i-mode group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405

Mail group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405

Setting group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405

Tool group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405

Main/sub sound (Video) . . . . . . . . .348

Main/sub sound (1Seg) . . . . . . . . .298

Maintenance services. . . . . . . . . . .526

Making a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Making a call (International roaming)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475

Making a PushTalk call. . . . . . . . . . .82

Making a videophone call . . . . . . . . .50

Making a videophone call

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . .475

Making/receiving a PushTalk group

call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Manner mode . . . . . . . . . . . . .112, 113

Manner mode set . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Map application. . . . . . . . . . . .257, 279

Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377

Add mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375

Marker stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336

Media to function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Melody call setting . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Melody effect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Melody info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352

Melody list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351

Melody playback display . . . . . . . . .351

Melody player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351

Menu function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Menu icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Menu icon setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

Menu number selection. . . . . . . . . . .35

Message composition display . . . . .198

Message display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234

Message display settings . . . . . . . . .58

Message entry display . . . . . . . . . .198

Message R/F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235

Message R/F list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236

microSD card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355

File name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364

Folder configuration. . . . . . . . . . .364

Inserting/removing. . . . . . . . . . . .355

Using with a personal computer

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363

microSD card slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

microSD file display . . . . . . . . . . . .356

microSD format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362

microSD info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363

microSD reader/writer . . . . . . . . . . .363

Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Mobile google map . . . . . . . . . . . . .256

Mobile W-speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

Motion tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

Movable contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361

Move to microSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361

Move to phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Movie memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Movie mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Movie type set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Moving image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Moving image list . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Moving image shoot . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Multi number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

Multiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Multiaccess combination patterns

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

Multitask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

Multitask combination patterns . . . 511

Multiwindow. . . . . . . . . . 299, 300, 315

Music folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

Music info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

Music list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

Music list of a playlist . . . . . . . . . . 401

MUSIC player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

MUSIC player playback display. . . 394

Music&Video channel . . . . . . . . . . 384

Music&Video channel display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384, 386

Music&Video channel playback

display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

My documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

My menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

My picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

◆◇◆ N ◆◇◆

Navigation displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

NEGA/POSI mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Network search mode . . . . . . . . . . 477

Network security code. . . . . . . . . . 132

Network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

Night mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Noise reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Normal style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Notice call cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

Notification icon. . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 125

Notify caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Notify of location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Notify switchable mode . . . . . . . . . . 78

No. of phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Nuisance call blocking . . . . . . . . . . 451

Number of entered characters. . . . 438

Number of protectable items . . . . . 537

Number of remaining characters

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Number of savable items. . . . . . . . 537

Number of storable items . . . . . . . 537

Numeric keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

◆◇◆ O ◆◇◆

Obtain i-motion movie . . . . . . . . . . 193

Obtain ToruCa files . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Obtaining completion display

(Chaku-uta full®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Obtaining completion display

(Chara-den) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Obtaining completion display

(Download dictionary) . . . . . . . . . . 185

Obtaining completion display

(i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Obtaining completion display

(Kisekae tool). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Obtaining completion display

(Melody). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Obtaining completion display

(PC movie). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Obtaining completion display

(Template) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 185

Obtaining completion display

(ToruCa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Off timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

OFFICEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

Omakase lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

On hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

One-push open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

One-push open button. . . . . . . . . . . 27

Index (L - O)

547

Index/Quick Manual

Operation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

Operations during manner mode

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Operator name display. . . . . . . . . .478

Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 514

Original. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Original animation . . . . . . . . . . . . .338

Original animation list . . . . . . . . . . .338

Osaifu-Keitai. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli . . .267

Other ID list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219

Outbox folder list . . . . . . . . . .219, 221

Outbox list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219, 222

Out-of-service-area indication

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 45

Outside camera . . . . . . . . . . . .27, 148

Own dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442

Own number. . . . . . . . . . . .48, 76, 417

Own number display . . . . . . . .48, 417

◆◇◆ P ◆◇◆

Packet communication . . . . . . . . . .466

Page info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317

Page info on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203

Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442

Pause dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

PC mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

PC movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320

PC movie auto-play . . . . . . . . . . . .318

PC movie folder list . . . . . . . . . . . .322

PC movie list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322

PC movie player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322

PC movie type selection display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322

PDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374

PDF file list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374

PDF viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374

Perform remote monitoring. . . . . . . .80

Permission schedule . . . . . . . . . . .288

Personal data lock . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

Personal information. . . . . . . . . . . .417

Phone mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

Phone to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Phonebook image sending . . . . . . .105

Phonebook list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Photo auto display . . . . . . . . . . . . .234

Photo mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 161

Photo-sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212

Pictograph list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507

Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333

Picture info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331

Picture viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330

PIM/IC security mode . . . . . . . . . . .137

PIN1 code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

PIN1 code entry set . . . . . . . . . . . .133

PIN2 code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Play background

. . . . . . . . . . . 297, 386, 390, 395, 536

Play/erase messages . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Play/erase videophone messages

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Play mode setting (MUSIC player)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Play mode setting

(Music&Video channel). . . . . . . . . .388

Played history list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324

Player menu display . . . . . . . . . . . .393

Playing back record messages. . . . .73

Playlist (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343

Play back playlist . . . . . . . . . . . .343

Store playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343

Playlist (Melody) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351

Edit playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366

Play back playlist . . . . . . . . . . . .351

Playlist (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . . .400

Create playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401

Play back playlist. . . . . . . . . . . . .401

Playlist list (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . .343

Playlist list (MUSIC player) . . . . . . .401

PLMN setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478

Point ring tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398

Portrait rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 147

Position location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278

Position memory (i-motion) . . . . . . .340

Position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . .342

Position memory (PC movie) . . . . .323

Position memory . . . . . . . . .324, 325

Position memory (Video) . . . . . . . .346

Position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . .348

Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332

Positioning mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287

Positioning tone/illumination . . . . . .287

Post view display . . . . . .155, 156, 158

Power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Power saver mode . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Prediction conversion at reply. . . . .234

Prefer Chaku-moji. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Preferred device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429

Preferred tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

Prefix setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Preparation flow for data

communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469

Preparation flow for data transfer

(OBEX™ communication). . . . . . . .468

Priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

Priority order

Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308, 410

Answer message. . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Auto-sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231

Call receiving image . . . . . .116, 117

Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

Nuisance call prevention . . . . . . .146

Ring tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Substitute image . . . . . . . . . . .74, 75

Vibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Private menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Private menu list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Private menu setting . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Private window . . . . . . 27, 30, 32, 117

Professor Layton and the curious

village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Program folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Program guide i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . 300

Program info . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297, 388

Program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Protect (Bluetooth function). . . . . . 429

Protect on (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Protect on (MessageR/F) . . . . . . . 237

Protect on (Screen memo) . . . . . . 181

Provide location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Public mode (Drive mode). . . . . . . . 69

Public mode (Power off) . . . . . . . . . 70

PUK (PIN unblock code) . . . . . . . . 133

Pull down menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

PushTalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

PushTalk arrival act. . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

PushTalk group list . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

PushTalk phonebook list . . . . . . . . . 85

PushTalkPlus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

◆◇◆ Q ◆◇◆

QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Quality alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Quick manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550

Quick record message . . . . . . . . . . 72

Quick silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Quotation marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

◆◇◆ R ◆◇◆

Radio button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Radio waves reception level . . . . . . 30

Rakuoku exhibition application 2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Read a map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Index (O - R)

548

Index/Quick Manual

Read aloud output . . . . . . . . . . . . .407

Read aloud settings . . . . . . . . . . . .406

Read aloud speed . . . . . . . . . . . . .407

Read aloud valid setting . . . . . . . . .407

Read aloud volume. . . . . . . . . . . . .407

Reading aloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406

Reason for no caller ID. . . . . . . . . .144

Receive mail/call at open . . . . . . . .118

Receive option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214

Receive option setting . . . . . . . . . .214

Receive ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

Received address. . . . . . . . . . . . . .229

Received address list . . . . . . . . . . .229

Received call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Receiving a call

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . .476

Receiving a PushTalk call. . . . . . . . .84

Receiving a videophone call. . . . . . .64

Receiving a videophone call

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . .476

Receiving display (Mail) . . . . . . . . .234

Receiving display (ToruCa) . . . . . .274

Reception result display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 238, 245

Recharge battery display . . . . . . . . .44

Recognition mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . .169

Recognition-failed image . . . . . . . .139

Recommend channel mail . . . . . . .299

Reconnect signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Record Chara-den . . . . . . . . . . . . .350

Record display set . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Record message list . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Record message setting . . . . . . . . . .71

Record program when call . . . . . . .309

Record still images . . . . . . . . . . . . .303

Record video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303

Record voice memo . . . . . . . . . . . .418

Record when low battery . . . . . . . .309

Recorded file restriction . . . . . . . . .350

Recording result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Redial list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Referer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319

Referer setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319

Reject unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

Related equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .514

Releasing PIN lock . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Reload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175, 316

Reload contents . . . . . . . . . . .298, 348

Remaster (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . .341

Remaster (MUSIC player). . . . . . . .399

Remaster (Music&Video channel)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Remaster (PC movie) . . . . . . . . . . .325

Remaster (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

Remaster (1Seg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . .455, 480

Remote control number . . . . . . . . .295

Remote monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Reserve update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532

Reset channel setting . . . . . . . . . . .310

Reset last URL . . . . . . . . . . . .176, 318

Reset learned words . . . . . . . . . . . .443

Reset settings . . . . . . . . . . . . .310, 433

Reset storage area . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

Reset total cost&duration . . . . . . . .420

Reset TV settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

Restrict dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Retouch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337

Ring time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

Ring time setting (PushTalk). . . . . . .88

Ring volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Roaming guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . .480

Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337

◆◇◆ S ◆◇◆

“S” icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

SAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538

Save an i-motion movie. . . . . . . . . 194

Scanned code result display . . . . . 166

Scanned text confirmation display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Scanned text result display . . . . . . 169

Scanning code display . . . . . . . . . 165

Scanning function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534

Scanning result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535

Scanning text display . . . . . . . . . . 168

Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

Schedule list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Screen memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Screen memo folder list . . . . . . . . 181

Screen memo list . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Script setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Scroll . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 188, 233, 317

Scroll selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

SD-Audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

SD other file list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

SD other files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

SD-PIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Search by i-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Search phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Search phonebook display . . . . . . . 98

Secret code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Secret data only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Secret mail display . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Secret mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Security error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Security scan function

(Scanning function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 534

Security settings . . . . . . . . . . 131, 146

Select area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Select image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 78

Select language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Select ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Select storage . . . . 271, 324, 366, 397

Selecting multiple items. . . . . . . . . . 37

Self mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Send DTMF tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Send substitute images . . . . . . . . . . 75

Sent address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Sent address list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Sent/received phonebook data list

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Serial number of mobile

phones/UIMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Service numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

Service selection display . . . . . . . . 428

Service settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Services available overseas . . . . . 472

Services available with FOMA

phones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

Session number setting

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Set as ring tone (Chaku-uta full®)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

Set as ring tone (Melody) . . . . . . . 352

Set as stand-by (Camera) . . . . . . . 159

Set authentications

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Set auto-update (Scanning function)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535

Set auto-update (Software update)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529

Set check new message . . . . . . . . 234

Set connection timeout . . . . . . . . . 189

Set display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 331

Set hold tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Set iαppli to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Set image display . . . . . . . . . 188, 318

Set imotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Set in-call arrival act . . . . . . . . . . . 454

Set roaming guidance . . . . . . . . . . 479

Set scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534

Set time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Index (R - S)

549

Index/Quick Manual

Setting when closed . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Setting when opened . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Shoot with frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Shot interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Shot number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Shutter sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

Side keys guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235

Simple menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Site display for the FirstPass center

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332

Smiley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438, 509

SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244

Compose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244

Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

Receive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215

Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244

SMS center selection . . . . . . . . . . .247

SMS composition display . . . . . . . .244

SMS input character. . . . . . . . . . . .247

SMS report request . . . . . . . . . . . .246

SMS settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246

SMS validity period . . . . . . . . . . . .246

Software for playing back moving

images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .514

Software info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Software list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251

Software setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

Change melody/image . . . . . . . .253

Horizontal open menu set. . . . . .253

Icon info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

Location usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Network set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

Program guide key . . . . . . . . . . .254

See phonebook/history. . . . . . . .254

Stand-by net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263

Stand-by set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263

View ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Software update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528

Software update display . . . . . . . . .531

Sound effect setting . . . . . . . .188, 310

Sound setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . . . .88

Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Specific absorption rate . . . . . . . . .538

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536

SSL certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Stand-by display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Stand-by set (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . . .263

Status icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Status in the area . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478

Still image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330

Still image list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330

Still image shoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

Store in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162, 373

Store in PushTalk phonebook . . . . .85

Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Sub-address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Substitute image. . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 75

Substitute image answering . . . . . . .64

Summer time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Super silent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Switch audio data . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298

Switch cameras . . . . . . . . . . . .75, 160

Switch display. . . . . . . . . . . . .298, 348

Switch image display positions. . . . .75

Switch TV/data BC . . . . . . . . .298, 348

Switch 3G/GSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477

Symbol candidate list . . . . . . . . . . .506

Symbol list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504

◆◇◆ T ◆◇◆

Template. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

Deco-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

Decome-Anime . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209

Terminal security code . . . . . . . . . .132

Text box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174

Text memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421

Text memo info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421

Text reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Text reader list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169

Time-out to search

(Bluetooth function). . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Timer lock on at close. . . . . . . . . . .137

Timer recording. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304

Timer recording list . . . . . . . . . . . . .305

Title name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333

ToDo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415

ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

ToruCa file list. . . . . . . . . . . . .270, 272

ToruCa folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269

ToruCa from dataBC. . . . . . . . . . . .274

ToruCa settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

ToruCa viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269

Total calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419

Total calls duration . . . . . . . . . . . . .419

Trace info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Trim away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337

Trim for mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344

Trim for picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344

Trim imotion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515

Tune service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299

TV sound while closed . . . . . . . . . .310

TVlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302

TVlink list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302

Two-touch dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

Type list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393

◆◇◆ U ◆◇◆

UIM (FOMA card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Insert/remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

UIM operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422

UIM restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

UIM setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

Update (Pattern data) . . . . . . . . . . .534

Update now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532

Update ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Upload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186, 317

URL history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

URL history list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

USB mode setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Use phone information . . . . . . . . . 188

User authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

User certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Request issue/download . . . . . . 191

Request revocation . . . . . . . . . . 192

User settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Uta-hodai. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

◆◇◆ V ◆◇◆

“V” icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535

Vibration setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . 89

Vibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Video list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Video player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Videophone record message list. . . 73

Videophone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Videophone while packet . . . . . . . . 78

View blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Viewer display . . . . . . . . . . . . 295, 296

Visual preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Voice announce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Voice call auto redial . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Voice clear setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Voice dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Voice dial setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Voice earphone dial . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Voice mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446, 480

Voice memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Voice memo during a call . . . . . . . 418

Voice recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Voice recorder recording display. . 373

Index (S - V)

550

Index/Quick Manual

Voice recorder saving pre-check

display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373

Voice settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

◆◇◆ W ◆◇◆

Wake-up display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526

Web mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247

Web to function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

White balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 161

Window open guard . . . . . . . . . . . .318

WMA file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391

WMA list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394

Work with style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

WORLD CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

World time watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

WORLD WING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472

◆◇◆ Z ◆◇◆

Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 159, 318

Zoom in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375, 378

Zoom out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375, 378

◆◇◆ Numerics ◆◇◆

1Seg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292

1Seg antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

2in1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456

2in1 setting menu display . . . . . . . .456

3D sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

3G network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472

3GPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

3G-324M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

64K data communication . . . . . . . .466

Cut out Quick Manual interleaved into this manual along the cutout line,

and then fold it as shown below:

Take Quick Manual “For Overseas Use” with you for using an

international roaming service (WORLD WING) overseas.

■How to cut

Cut out Quick Manual along the cutout line. You can place a ruler on the

cutout line and cut as illustrated below.

pBe careful not to cut yourself when using scissors.

■How to fold

Fold Quick Manual along the dotted line so that the cover faces upwards

as illustrated below.

pTo use Quick Manual, put the first sheet on top of the second and third sheets in the

order, and fold them together.

Quick Manual

How to Use Quick Manual

Cutout line

Cover

①

②

Cover

Index (V - Numerics)

345

FOMA P906i

(In English)

0120-005-250 (toll free)

Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix) 151 (toll free)

Can be called only from DoCoMo mobile phones.

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix) 113 (toll free)

Can be called only from DoCoMo mobile phones.

(In Japanese only)

0120-800-000 (toll free)

Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.

pPlease confirm the phone number before you dial.

For various procedures, repairs, and maintenance, dial the phone

numbers listed above, or visit the DoCoMo web page or i-mode site

to find your nearest DoCoMo shop, and then inquire about them.

DoCoMo web page http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/

i-mode site

ｉ



お知らせ

(Notice)



ドコモショップ

(DoCoMo Shop)

(In Japanese only)

Quick Manual

General inquiries <DoCoMo Information Center>

Repairs

★

Xo(for at least one second)→Phone

Enter a name.

→Edit a reading.

Group→Select a group.

Phone number→Enter a phone number

→Select an icon. (up to four numbers)

Mail address→Enter a mail address

→Select an icon. (up to three addresses)

Address→Enter a zip code

→Enter a postal address.

Storing in Phonebook (FOMA Phone)

Location information→Select an item.

By position loc.

. . . . Measures the current location and store the location

information

→Check the location information→Oo

From loc. history

. . . .Select a piece of location information from Location History

and store it.

Attach from image

. . . . Store the location information from an image

→Select a folder→Select an image.

Birthday→Enter a birthday→ON or OFF

Memo→Enter a memo.

Image→Select an item.

Select image . . . . Store a still image in Data Box.

Shoot image . . . . Store a still image shot by the camera.

Memory No.

→Enter a three-digit memory number→l

■Adding Data to the FOMA phone

Bring up the redial item, dialed call record, or

received call record→i→Add to phonebook

→Phone→Add→Select a search method

→Search the Phonebook

→Select a destination Phonebook entry→Oo

→l→YES

Bring up the detailed Phonebook display

→m→Select an item to be edited

→Edit the contents→l→YES

Store from Redial, Dialed Calls,

or Received Calls

Edit Phonebook Entries

■Character Entry Display

■Character Entry Mode

abc. . . Alphabets

123. . . Numerals

漢. . . . Kanji/Hiragana

カナ

. . . . Katakana

Character Entry ■Selecting Character Input Method

m→Settings→Other settings

→Character input method→Input mode→

→l→Select the mode you use with priority.

■Entering “゛” and “゜”

Enter a character→Press a several times.

■Entering “、” and “。”

Press s several times.

■Switching “Alphabet” (abc), “Numerals” (123),

“Kanji/Hiragana” (漢), and “Katakana” (

カナ

)

Press l several times.

Put a check mark for Mode 1 (5-touch)

Put a check mark for Mode 2 (2-touch)

Put a check mark for Mode 3

(NIKO-touch)

678

91011

■Entering Pictographs

i→Pictograph/symbols→Pictograph

→Select a pictograph.

■Entering Symbols

i→Pictograph/symbols→Symbols

→Select a symbol.

■Line Feed

Press c.

■Entering a Space

i→Pictograph/symbols→Space

■Deleting Characters

Use Mo to move the cursor→r

■Switching to Uppercase/Lowercase

Enter a character→d

■Bringing up the Character Entry (Edit) display

m→Stationery→Text memo

→Select <Not recorded>→Press l a few

times to switch to Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

■Entering Hiragana characters <Mode 1>

た→Press 4 once and Vo once.

だ→Press 4 once and a once.

の→Press 5 five times.

か→Press 2 once.

し→Press 3 twice.

■Converting the Characters

Use Co to move the cursor to “の”→Bo

→Use Mo to highlight “タダの” and press Oo

→Fix the rest of characters in the same way.

Enter “

タダの菓子

” in a Text Memo

■Shooting a Still Image

c→Oo→Oo

■Continuous Shooting

c→c→c→Oo

→Select a still image and press c→Oo

※This is the procedure to select and save one still

image for continuous shooting.

■Shooting a Moving Image

c→c→Oo→Oo→Oo

Camera

■Auto Channel Setting

m→1Seg→Channel setting

→Auto channel setting→YES→YES

→Enter a title.

■Select Area

m→1Seg→Channel setting→Select area

→Select an area→Select a prefecture→YES

■Channel List

m→1Seg→Channel list→Select a channel list.

■Watching a 1Seg Program

c(for at least one second)

1Seg

■Playback by Music&Video Channel

m→MUSIC→Music&Video Channel

→Select a program.

m→Data box→Music&Video Channel

→Downloaded program or Saved program

→Select a program.

■Playback by MUSIC Player

p(for at least one second)→All tracks

→Select a music file.

Music Playback

■Making a Videophone Call

Enter the other party’s phone number→l

→Press h to end the call after talking.

■Receiving a Videophone Call

The ring tone sounds and the Call/Charging

indicator flickers→d, Oo or m

→Press h to end the call after talking.

If you answer by pressing d or Oo, the camera

image is sent to the other party. If you answer by

pressing m, the substitute image is sent to the

other party.

■Switching to Hands-free

During a call, dialing, or connecting→d

Making and Receiving a Videophone Call

12 13 14

15 16 17

→

Select the address field→Select an entering

method→Enter or select an address.

Select the subject field→Enter a subject.

Select the text field→Enter text.

Send a mail by pressing l

→After sending, press Oo.

i-mode Mail

Compose and Send i-mode Mail

Address field

Subject field

Attachment field

Text field

■Picture/Melody/imotion/ToruCa/PDF/

Phonebook/Schedule/ToDo/Bookmark/

Document/Other

Bring up the Message Composition display

→Select the attachment field

→Select a file type to be attached

→Select a folder→Select a file.

Selecting methods differ depending on the file.

Attach Files

“ (white)” blinks

→The Reception Result display appears

→Select “Mail”

→Select an i-mode mail message to be displayed.

l(for at least one second)

Receive i-mode Mail

Check New Message

■Replying

Select or bring up a mail message to be replied

→i→Reply/forward

→Rep. w/ i-mode mail, Rep. w/ Deco-Anime, or

Reply with quote→Select the text field

→Enter text→l→After sending, press Oo.

■Forwarding

Select or bring up a mail message to be

forwarded→i→Reply/forward→Forward

→Select the address field

→Select an entering method

→Enter or select an address→l

→After sending, press Oo.

Other Mail Functions Function List

Menu Function name

Mail

Inbox

Outbox

Draft

Compose message

Create new Decome-Anime

Template

Web mail

Check new message

Compose SMS

Check new SMS

Chat mail

Receive option

Mail settings

SMS settings

Area mail settings

i-mode iMenu

Bookmark

i-mode

Screen memo

Last URL

Go to location

Message R/F

i-Channel

Check new message

Operate certificate

i-mode settings

Full Browser

i-αppli

Software list(phone)

iαppli(microSD)

iαppli info

iαppli settings

Settings

Sound

13 Select ring tone

50 Ring volume

30 Keypad sound

64 Melody effect

51 Headset usage setting

68 Mail/Msg. ring time

18 19 20

21 22 23

Settings

Display

56 Display setting

70 Backlight

View blind

86 Color theme setting

57 Menu icon setting

Horizontal open menu

52 Private menu setting

63 Desktop icon

93 Private window

66 Font

Character size

15 Select language

Recv.mail/call at open

Image quality

LCD AI

36 Icons

Illumination

All illum. setting

89 Illumination

Illumination in talk

Settings

Miss/unread illum.

Music&Video ch illum.

Illum. when folded

Hourly illumination

MUSIC illumination

Bluetooth illumination

IC card illumination

PushTalk illumination

Side key illumination

Check settings

Kisekae

Lock/Security

Self mode

Lock all

Personal data lock

IC card lock

40 Secret mode

41 Secret data only

Keypad dial lock

Reject unknown

10 Call setting w/o ID

Settings

29 Change security code

UIM setting

Scanning function

Lock setting

Call time/cost

61 Call data

60 Reset total cost&dura.

Notice call cost

CLR max cost icon

Clock

31 Set time

World time watch

Summer time

Auto power ON/OFF

Alarm setting

Incoming call

54 Vibrator

20 Manner mode set

58 Answer setting

Setting when opened

Record display set

Settings

Disp. PH-book image

Disp. call/receive No.

90 Ring time

65 Info notice setting

V-phone while packet

94 Auto answer setting

Talk

Volume

18 Setting when closed

Set hold tone

Voice clear setting

76 Noise reduction

75 Quality alarm

77 Reconnect signal

PushTalk

Auto answer setting

Ring time setting

Hands-free w/ PushTalk

PushTalk arrival act

Sound setting

Vibration setting

Settings

Videophone

Visual preference

Select image

Hands-free w/ V. phone

Voice call auto redial

Remote monitoring

Notify switchable mode

Feel＊Mail

Disp. /play new one

Disp. /play in history

Network setting

Prefix setting

Int’l roaming

Int’l dial assist

Status in the area

Melody Call setting

Other settings

Work with style

Side keys guard

35 Character input method

Battery

Settings

84 Pause dial

Sub-address setting

Headset mic. setting

Headset switch to call

Voice settings

USB mode setting

23 Reset settings

Initialize

Software update

Data box

46 My picture

MUSIC

Music&Video Channel

imotion

16 Melody

My documents

Kisekae Tool

Chara-den

PC Movie

1Seg

Document viewer

SD other files

24 25 26

27 28 29

LifeKit

Bar code reader

79 Receive Ir data

SD-PIM

Camera

Bluetooth

GPS

Text reader

55 Rec. msg/voice memo

Voice recorder

Data Security Service

Service

17 Caller ID notification

Voice mail

Call waiting

Call forwarding

Nuis. call blocking

Caller ID request

2in1 setting

Multi number

Arrival call act

Service

Set in-call arrival act

Remote control

Dual network

English guidance

Set Roaming guidance

Additional service

Service numbers

OFFICEED

Chaku-moji

Phonebook

Add to phonebook

Search phonebook

UIM operation

PushTalk phonebook

24 Dialed/recv. calls

0Own number

Group setting

Restrictions

26 Phonebook settings

No. of phonebook

Stationery

44 Alarm

45 Schedule

95 ToDo

42 Text memo

85 Calculator

Guide

38 Common phrase/dic.

MUSIC MUSIC Player

Music&Video Channel

1Seg

Activate 1Seg

Program guide

Book program list

Timer recording list

Recording result

TVlink

Channel list

Channel setting

User settings

■Public Mode (Drive Mode)

a(for at least one second)

■Manner Mode

During standby/During a call

→s(for at least one second)

Osaifu-

Keitai

IC card content

DCMX

ToruCa

IC card lock set.

Settings

Check IC owner

Change IC owner

Search by i-mode

■Activating

m→Service→Voice mail→Activate→YES

→YES→Enter a ring time (seconds).

■Deactivating

m→Service→Voice mail→Deactivate→YES

■Playing Back Messages

m→Service→Voice mail→Play messages

→YES→Operate following the voice guidance.

Network Services

Voice Mail Service ■Activating

m→Service→Call waiting→Activate→YES

■Deactivating

m→Service→Call waiting→Deactivate→YES

■Answering an Incoming Call during a Call

A call comes in during a call→d

Each time you press d, you can switch the

parties you talk with.

Call Waiting Service

30 31 32

33 34 35

■Activating

m→Service→Call forwarding→Activate

→Register fwd number→Enter the phone

number of the forwarding destination

→Set ring time→Enter a ring time (seconds)

→Activate→YES

■Deactivating

m→Service→Call forwarding→Deactivate

→YES

Call Forwarding Service

Services Available with FOMA Phone

Available service

Phone number

Directory assistance service

(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)

※Listed phone numbers only can be

given.

(No prefix) 104

Telegrams (Telegram charges apply) (No prefix) 115

Time check (Charges apply) (No prefix) 117

Weather forecast (Charges apply) City code of the

desired area＋

177

Emergency calls to police (No prefix) 110

Emergency calls to fire station and

ambulance (No prefix) 119

Emergency calls for accidents at sea (No prefix) 118

Disaster messaging service

(Charge apply) (No prefix) 171

Collect calls

(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)

(No prefix) 106

: Battery level (estimate)

: Radio waves reception level (estimate)

: During Self Mode

(pink): Unread i-mode mail or SMS messages

exist.

(yellow): Unread Messages R/F exist

Major Icons

(pink): i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center.

(yellow): Messages R/F are held at the i-mode

Center.

: i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center

(While Receive Option Setting is set to “ON”).

: During Lock All

: During Personal Data Lock

: During Keypad Dial Lock

: During Secret Mode or Secret Data Only

: During IC Card Lock

: While Timer Lock ON At Close is set

: While Vibrator is set to other than “OFF”

(See page 20)

: While Ring Volume is set to “Silent” or

Mail/Msg. Ring Time is set to “OFF”

: During Manner Mode (See page 27)

: During Public Mode (Drive Mode)

(See page 27)

: While Side Keys Guard is set to “ON”

(See page 22)

※Omakase Lock is a pay service. However, you are

not charged if you apply for this service at the

same time as applying for the suspension of the

use or during the suspension.

Setting/Releasing Omakase Lock

0120-524-360

Business hours: 24 hours

＜Phone number：＞

pPlease confirm the phone number before you dial.

Omakase Lock

Other Emergency Calls

345

FOMA P906i

<DoCoMo Information Center> (available 24 hours a day)

pFrom a DoCoMo mobile phone

※

If you use P906i, you should dial the number +81-3-5366-3114

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

pFrom a landline phone

※See page 16 and page 20 for international call access codes

for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers

for the universal number (Table 2).

Quick Manual “For Overseas Use”

Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or

payment of cumulative cost overseas

International call access code

for the country you stay (Table 1)

-81-3-5366-3114*

(toll free)

*You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a

landline phone, etc.

International prefix number for

the universal number (Table 2)

-800-0120-0151*

*You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call

rate for the country you stay.

<Network Technical Operation Center> (available 24 hours a day)

pFrom a DoCoMo mobile phone

※

If you use P906i, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

pFrom a landline phone

※See page 16 and page 20 for international call access codes

for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers

for the universal number (Table 2).

pIf you lose your FOMA phone or have it stolen,

immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the

use of the FOMA phone.

pIf the FOMA phone you purchased malfunctions, bring

your FOMA phone to a repair counter specified by

DoCoMo after you return to Japan.

Failures encountered overseas

International call access code

for the country you stay (Table 1)

-81-3-6718-1414*

(toll free)

* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a

landline phone, etc.

International prefix number for

the universal number (Table 2)

-800-5931-8600*

* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call

rate for the country you stay.

■Setting in Japan

i→iMenu→English iMenu→Options

→International Settings

→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”

→Enter your i-mode password→Select

■Setting Overseas

i→iMenu→English iMenu→Options

→International Settings

→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”

→Enter your i-mode password→Select

Preparing for Overseas Use

Setting of i-mode

■Setting in Japan

m→Service→Remote control→Activate

→YES

■Setting Overseas

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Remote control (Int.)→YES

→Operate following the voice guidance.

m→Settings→Clock→Set time

→Auto time adjust ON

Remote Control

Set Time

○: Available ×: Not available

pThe GPS functions and 64K data communications are not

available overseas.

Communication Systems and

Available Services

Communication Service 3G GSM GPRS

Voice call ○○○

Videophone call ○××

i-mode ○×○

i-mode mail ○×○

SMS ○○○

i-Channel ○×○

Packet communication

by connecting with a

personal computer

○×○

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Network search mode→Select an item.

Auto . . . . . . Automatically re-connect to another carrier. The

setting is completed.

Manual. . . . Connects manually to the listed carrier.

Network re-search

. . . . . . . . . . When set to “Auto”, automatically switches to an

available carrier. The setting is completed. When

set to “Manual”, displays the list of carriers.

→Select a carrier.

Setting a Search Method of

Carrier

678

91011

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→PLMN setting→i→PLMN list select

→Select a carrier→Oo→Select a network type

→l→YES

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Operator name display

→Display ON or Display OFF

Selecting a Carrier to

Preferentially Connect to

Displaying the Carrier on the

Stand-by Display

The type of network you are using is displayed.

After you return to Japan, the FOMA network is

automatically searched and connected.

pWhen you have set to switch networks manually

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Network search mode→Manual→DoCoMo

Display

Setting after Returning to Japan

■

Making an International Call to Japan Using Phonebook

Bring up the detailed Phonebook display

→d/Oo→Dial

Press

to make an international videophone call.

■Making an International Call Using “+”

0(for at least one second)→Enter “Country

code - Area code (City code) - Destination

phone number”→d/Oo

Press

to make an international videophone call.

Enter “81” as a country code when you make an

international call to Japan.

When the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter

it except for the “0”. However, include “0” when making

a call to some countries or regions such as Italy.

Making/Receiving a Call

Make a Call to Outside the Country

You Stay (Including Japan)

Enter a destination phone number→d/Oo

Press l to make a videophone call.

■Making a Call Using Phonebook

Bring up the detailed Phonebook display

→d/Oo→“Original phone No.”

When you make a call to a person who is

internationally roaming, make the call in the same

way as to make international calls to Japan even

if he/she is in the country you stay.

Press d/Oo when a call comes in.

(For videophone call, press d/Oo/m.)

Make a Call to a Phone in the

Country You Stay

Make a Call to a Person Staying

Overseas and Using WORLD WING

Receive a Call

To use network services overseas, you need to

set “Remote control” beforehand.

■Set Roaming Guidance

pYou need to set this function in Japan.

m→Service→Set Roaming guidance

■Call Barring

pThis setting might not be available depending on

the overseas carrier.

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Call barring

■Voice Mail (International)

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Voice mail (Int.)

Using Network Services ■Call Forwarding (International)

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Call forwarding (Int.)

■Roaming Guidance (International)

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Roaming guidance (Int.)

■Caller ID Request

m→Settings→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Caller ID req. (Int.)

12 13 14

15 16 17

Use the following country codes when you make

international calls or when you set Int’l Dial Assist.

(As of March 2008)

Country Codes for Major

Countries

Service area Country code

Australia 61

Belgium 32

Brazil 55

Canada 1

China 86

Czech Republic 420

Denmark 45

Finland 358

France 33

Germany 49

Greece 30

Hong Kong 852

Hungary 36

India 91

Indonesia 62

Ireland 353

Italy 39

Luxembourg 352

Macau 853

Malaysia 60

Monaco 377

Netherlands 31

Service area Country code

New Zealand 64

Norway 47

Philippines 63

Poland 48

Portugal 351

Russia 7

Singapore 65

South Korea 82

Spain 34

Sweden 46

Switzerland 41

Taiwan 886

Thailand 66

Service area Country code

pFor the code for the countries other than listed in

the table, or for details, refer to the DoCoMo Global

Service web page.

Turkey 90

United Arab Emirates 971

United Kingdom 44

United States of America 1

Vietnam 84

Service area Country code

(As of March 2008)

International Call Access Codes

for Major Countries (Table 1)

Service area Access code

Australia 0011

Belgium 00

Brazil 0041/0014

Canada 011

China 00

Czech Republic 00

Denmark 00

Finland 00

France 00

Germany 00

Greece 00

Hong Kong 001

Hungary 00

India 00

Indonesia 001

Ireland 00

Italy 00

Luxembourg 00

Macau 00

Malaysia 00

Monaco 00

Netherlands 00

New Zealand 00

Service area Access code

18 19 20

21 22 23

Norway 00

Philippines 00

Poland 00

Portugal 00

Russia 810

Singapore 001

South Korea 001

Spain 00

Sweden 00

Switzerland 00

Taiwan 002

Thailand 001

Turkey 00

Service area Access code

United Arab Emirates 00

United Kingdom 00

United States of America 011

Vietnam 00

Service area Access code

(As of March 2008)

International Prefix Numbers for

the Universal Number (Table 2)

Service area International

prefix number

Argentina 00

Australia 0011

Austria 00

Belgium 00

Brazil 0021

Bulgaria 00

Canada 011

China 00

Colombia 009

Denmark 00

Finland 990

France 00

Germany 00

Hong Kong 001

Hungary 00

Ireland 00

Israel 014

Italy 00

Luxembourg 00

Malaysia 00

Netherlands 00

New Zealand 00

Norway 00

Service area International

prefix number

Peru 00

Philippines 00

Portugal 00

Singapore 001

South Africa 09

South Korea 001

Spain 00

Sweden 00

Switzerland 00

Taiwan 00

Thailand 001

United Kingdom 00

United States of America 011

Service area International

prefix number For lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or

malfunction of your FOMA phone overseas, refer

to “Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of

cumulative cost overseas” on cover page of

Quick Manual “For Overseas Use”, or “Failures

encountered overseas” on page 1.

pYou need to add the code from “International Call

Access Code (Table 1)” that is assigned to the

country you stay or “International Prefix Number for

the Universal Number (Table 2)” to the head of

each phone number for inquiries.

pNote that, in many cases, the universal number

may not be used from a mobile phone, public

phone, or hotel phone, etc.

Inquiries

In the following cases, be certain to turn off the power.

■Where use is prohibited

Be sure to turn off the power to your FOMA phone in airplanes and in

hospitals.

※Persons with electronic medical equipment are in places other than the actual wards.

Make sure you have the power switched off even if you are in a lobby or waiting room.

■When in crowded places such as packed trains, where you could be

near a person with an implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted

defibrillator

The implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator operation can be

affected by radio emissions from the FOMA phone.

In the following cases, be certain to set Public Mode.

■While driving

Using the mobile phone in your hand while driving is subject to punishment.

※If you answer a call out of necessity, tell the caller with Hands-free that you will call

him/her back, park your car to somewhere safe, and then dial.

■When in theaters, movie theaters, museums, and similar venues

If you use your FOMA phone where you are supposed to be quiet, you will

disturb those around you.

Adjust the volume of your voice and ring tone according to where you are.

■If you use the FOMA phone in quiet places such as restaurants and

hotel lobbies, keep the volume of your voice and other sounds down.

■Do not block thoroughfares when using the FOMA phone.

Respect the privacy.

Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you

when shooting and sending photos using camera-equipped mobile

phones.

These functions help you keep your manners in public.

Handy functions are available such as for setting the

response to incoming calls and setting the tones to silent.

●Public Mode (Drive Mode/Power Off) (Page 69 and page 70)

The guidance that you are currently driving or in a place where you should

refrain from using a mobile phone or the guidance that you are in a place

where you should turn off the power is played back to the caller. Then the

call is disconnected.

●Record Message function (Page 71)

Callers can record a message when you cannot come to the phone.

●Vibrator (Page 110)

When the vibrator is set, it vibrates for incoming calls.

●Manner Mode/Super Silent/Original Manner (Page 112)

In Manner Mode or Super Silent, the keypad sound, ring tone and other

sounds from the FOMA phone are silenced.

In Original Manner, you can set whether or not to activate the Record

Message function, and can change the settings for the vibrator and ring

tone.

※The shutter sound cannot be silenced.

Optional services are also available, such as Voice Mail Service

(page 446) and Call Forwarding Service (page 450).

This manual was produced in such a way as to allow easy recycling. Please

recycle this manual when it is no longer needed.

● You will need your “network ID” to access e-site from i-mode.

● No packet communication charges are incurred when accessing e-site from i-mode.

Accessing from overseas will incur chages.

● You will need your “DoCoMo ID/password” to access e-site from PC.

● If you do not have or you have forgotten your “network ID” or “DoCoMo

ID/password”, contact the DoCoMo Information Center listed on the back cover of

this manual.

●

DoCoMo e-site may not be available depending upon the content of your subscription.

●

You may not be able to access some e-site services due to system maintenance, etc.

ｉ Menu 料金&お申込・設定 (Charges & Applications/Setting)From i-mode

My DoCoMo (http://www.mydocomo.com/) 各種手続き (ドコモeサイト) [

Application procedure (DoCoMo e-site)

]From PC

Access DoCoMo e-site for procedures to change your address or billing plan and for request of Information materials.

各種手続き (ドコモeサイト)

[Application procedure (DoCoMo e-site)] Packet communication charges free

Do not forget your FOMA phone ... or your manners!

Sales: NTT DoCoMo Group

NTT DoCoMo Hokkaido, Inc. NTT DoCoMo Tohoku, Inc. NTT DoCoMo, Inc. NTT DoCoMo Tokai, Inc. NTT DoCoMo Hokuriku, Inc.

NTT DoCoMo Kansai, Inc. NTT DoCoMo Chugoku, Inc. NTT DoCoMo Shikoku, Inc. NTT DoCoMo Kyushu, Inc.

Manufacturer: Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

To prevent damage to the environment, bring used

battery packs to an NTT DoCoMo service counter,

an NTT DoCoMo agent or a recycle center. This manual is printed using

an ink based on soy bean oil.

Do not forget your mobile phone ... or your manners!

When using your mobile phone in a public place, do not forget to show common courtesy

and consideration for others around you.

General inquiries

<DoCoMo Information Center> Repairs

Failures encounterd overseas

<Network Technical Operation Center> (available 24 hours a day)

Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas

<DoCoMo Information Center> (available 24 hours a day)

●If you lose your FOMA phone or have it stolen, immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the use of the FOMA phone.

●If the FOMA phone you purchased malfunctions, bring your FOMA phone to a repair counter specified by DoCoMo after you return to Japan.

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix)113

(toll free)

★

Can be called only from DoCoMo mobile phones.

(In Japanese only)

0120-800-000

(toll free)

★ Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.

(In English)

0120-005-250

(toll free)

★ Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix)151

(toll free)

★

Can be called only from DoCoMo mobile phones.

From a DoCoMo mobile phone

-８１-３-6718-1414* (toll free)

* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a landline phone, etc.

※If you use P906i, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

From a landline phone

＜

Universal number＞

-８００-5931-8600*

* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.

※See page 474 and page 475 for international call access codes for major countries (Table 1) and

international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).

International prefix number for the

universal number (Table 2)

International call access code for

the country you stay (Table 1)

From a DoCoMo mobile phone

-８１-３-5366-3114* (toll free)

* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a landline phone, etc.

※If you use P906i, you should dial the number +81-3-5366-3114

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

From a landline phone

＜

Universal number＞

-８００-0120-0151*

* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.

※See page 474 and page 475 for international call access codes for major countries (Table 1) and

international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).

International prefix number for the

universal number (Table 2)

International call access code for

the country you stay (Table 1)

● Please confirm the phone number before you dial.

● For various procedures, repairs, and maintenance, dial the phone numbers listed above, or visit the DoCoMo web page or i-mode site to find your nearest DoCoMo shop, and then

inquire about them.

DoCoMo web page http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/ i-mode site ｉMenu お知らせ(Notice) ドコモショップ (DoCoMo Shop) (In Japanese only)

April ’08 (Ver.1.0)

3TR100045AAA

F0408F0 - ○

Panasonic Mobile Communications 208006A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P906i

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P906i

Contents

User Manual Part 3

Navigation menu

Namespaces

Views

Navigation

Panasonic Mobile Communications 208006A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth&#174; and RFID User Manual 000 P906i

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P906i

Contents

User Manual Part 3

Navigation menu

Panasonic Mobile Communications 208006A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P906i